WO2014208767A1 - Colored curable resin composition - Google Patents

Colored curable resin composition Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2014208767A1
WO2014208767A1 PCT/JP2014/067299 JP2014067299W WO2014208767A1 WO 2014208767 A1 WO2014208767 A1 WO 2014208767A1 JP 2014067299 W JP2014067299 W JP 2014067299W WO 2014208767 A1 WO2014208767 A1 WO 2014208767A1
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
group
compound
formula
carbon atoms
atom
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2014/067299
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Inventor
勝成 織田
拓麻 藤田
Original Assignee
住友化学株式会社
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by 住友化学株式会社 filed Critical 住友化学株式会社
Priority to JP2015524154A priority Critical patent/JP6452605B2/en
Priority to KR1020167002108A priority patent/KR102228368B1/en
Priority to CN201480033661.2A priority patent/CN105683298B/en
Publication of WO2014208767A1 publication Critical patent/WO2014208767A1/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/0005Production of optical devices or components in so far as characterised by the lithographic processes or materials used therefor
    • G03F7/0007Filters, e.g. additive colour filters; Components for display devices
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D263/00Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings
    • C07D263/52Heterocyclic compounds containing 1,3-oxazole or hydrogenated 1,3-oxazole rings condensed with carbocyclic rings or ring systems
    • C07D263/54Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles
    • C07D263/56Benzoxazoles; Hydrogenated benzoxazoles with only hydrogen atoms, hydrocarbon or substituted hydrocarbon radicals, directly attached in position 2
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D413/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms
    • C07D413/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and oxygen atoms as the only ring hetero atoms containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C07ORGANIC CHEMISTRY
    • C07DHETEROCYCLIC COMPOUNDS
    • C07D417/00Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00
    • C07D417/14Heterocyclic compounds containing two or more hetero rings, at least one ring having nitrogen and sulfur atoms as the only ring hetero atoms, not provided for by group C07D415/00 containing three or more hetero rings
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/008Triarylamine dyes containing no other chromophores
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B57/00Other synthetic dyes of known constitution
    • C09B57/02Coumarine dyes
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0033Blends of pigments; Mixtured crystals; Solid solutions
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C09DYES; PAINTS; POLISHES; NATURAL RESINS; ADHESIVES; COMPOSITIONS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR; APPLICATIONS OF MATERIALS NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • C09BORGANIC DYES OR CLOSELY-RELATED COMPOUNDS FOR PRODUCING DYES, e.g. PIGMENTS; MORDANTS; LAKES
    • C09B67/00Influencing the physical, e.g. the dyeing or printing properties of dyestuffs without chemical reactions, e.g. by treating with solvents grinding or grinding assistants, coating of pigments or dyes; Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dyestuff preparations of a special physical nature, e.g. tablets, films
    • C09B67/0071Process features in the making of dyestuff preparations; Dehydrating agents; Dispersing agents; Dustfree compositions
    • C09B67/0084Dispersions of dyes
    • C09B67/0085Non common dispersing agents
    • C09B67/009Non common dispersing agents polymeric dispersing agent
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/027Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds
    • G03F7/028Non-macromolecular photopolymerisable compounds having carbon-to-carbon double bonds, e.g. ethylenic compounds with photosensitivity-increasing substances, e.g. photoinitiators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G03PHOTOGRAPHY; CINEMATOGRAPHY; ANALOGOUS TECHNIQUES USING WAVES OTHER THAN OPTICAL WAVES; ELECTROGRAPHY; HOLOGRAPHY
    • G03FPHOTOMECHANICAL PRODUCTION OF TEXTURED OR PATTERNED SURFACES, e.g. FOR PRINTING, FOR PROCESSING OF SEMICONDUCTOR DEVICES; MATERIALS THEREFOR; ORIGINALS THEREFOR; APPARATUS SPECIALLY ADAPTED THEREFOR
    • G03F7/00Photomechanical, e.g. photolithographic, production of textured or patterned surfaces, e.g. printing surfaces; Materials therefor, e.g. comprising photoresists; Apparatus specially adapted therefor
    • G03F7/004Photosensitive materials
    • G03F7/09Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers
    • G03F7/105Photosensitive materials characterised by structural details, e.g. supports, auxiliary layers having substances, e.g. indicators, for forming visible images

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a colored curable resin composition.
  • Patent Document 1 describes coumarin 6 represented by the following formula as such a dye.
  • a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I).
  • L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —)
  • X represents oxygen
  • R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), — SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom,
  • Z represents the formula (Z1): (Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
  • ⁇ 4> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1).
  • ⁇ 5> The coloring according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 4>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
  • ⁇ 6> The colored curable resin composition according to ⁇ 2>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • the colorant further contains a pigment.
  • the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
  • the pigment is a green pigment.
  • the pigment is C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36 and C.I. I.
  • ⁇ 16> A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of ⁇ 1> to ⁇ 15>.
  • ⁇ 17> A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to ⁇ 16>.
  • ⁇ 18> A compound represented by formula (Ia-1).
  • L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a)
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • R 7 ⁇ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group
  • —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group.
  • R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom
  • R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of M And they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.)) ⁇ 19> The compound according to ⁇ 18>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and
  • R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a)
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • R 7 ⁇ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group
  • R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, Z b represents a group represented by the formula (Z2).
  • Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.
  • Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
  • Compound. ⁇ 23> The compound according to ⁇ 22>, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
  • a colorant comprising the compound according to any one of ⁇ 18> to ⁇ 23>.
  • L a represents a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom
  • R 11 ⁇ R 13 are each independently hydrogen An atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • the —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 1 Represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, to which may be the same or different, M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Represents.) ⁇ 27> A
  • R 7 to R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group,
  • the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group or an amino group.
  • R 14 be replaced in groups, a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, even they are the same M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and Z represents the formula (Z1) : (Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  • —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (I)). including.
  • Compound (I) includes tautomers and salts thereof.
  • L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —).
  • Examples of the divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include groups represented by formulas (L1) to (L12). From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, formula (L1), formula ( It is preferably a group represented by L7), formula (L8), formula (L10) or formula (L11), represented by formula (L1), formula (L7), formula (L8) or formula (L11). And more preferably a group represented by the formula (L1). In the following formulas (L1) to (L12), ⁇ represents a bond.
  • Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methylene group, a dimethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 1,1-ethylene group, a 2,2-propylene group, and a fluorene-9,9-diyl group.
  • a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • L is preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group.
  • the following formula (L21) to A group represented by any one of formulas (L24) is more preferred, a group represented by any one of formulas (L21) to (L23) is more preferred, and formula (L21) or formula (L The group represented by L22) is particularly preferred.
  • represents a bond.
  • X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably an oxygen atom.
  • a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing a compound (I) in which X is an oxygen atom tends to have high brightness.
  • R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or formyl.
  • R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1 ⁇ 20, R 1 If There there exist a plurality to which may be the same or may be different.
  • M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different.
  • alkali metal atom include a sodium atom and a potassium atom.
  • M is preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • halogen atom examples include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • Alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) oxy group;
  • Aryloxy groups such as phenoxy groups;
  • Perfluorophenyl group perfluoro (o-tolyl) group, perfluoro (m-tolyl) group, perfluoro (p-tolyl) group, perfluoroxylyl group, perfluoromesityl group, perfluoro (o-cumenyl) group, perfluoro (m- Cumenyl) group, perfluoro (p-cumenyl) group, perfluorobenzyl group, perfluorophenethyl group, perfluorobiphenylyl group, perfluoro (1-naphthyl) group, perfluoro (2-naphthyl) group, 1-trifluoromethylphenyl group, 2 -An aromatic hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom such as a trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 3-trifluoromethylphenyl group, or a 4-trifluoromethylphenyl group;
  • R 7 to R 11 and R 13 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • R 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M, more preferably a hydrogen atom or —SO 3 M, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
  • Z represents a group represented by the following formula (Z1) or a group represented by the following formula (Z2) (in the following formula, * represents a bond).
  • R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
  • alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, 3 -Pentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 3-ethyl-1-pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, 5-methyl-1 -Hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, heptyl group, 3-ethyl-1-heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group
  • Examples of the group in which —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group is replaced by an oxygen atom include groups represented by the above formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8).
  • the formula R 1 in (Z1) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably 1 to 8 or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, an ethyl group, a butyl group, 2 -Ethyl-1 hexyl group, 1-octyl group, etc.) or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-6), particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms or It is a group represented by any one of formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-4).
  • R 1 in the formula (Z1) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a group represented by any one of the formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably 4 carbon atoms. Or a group represented by any of formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-8), more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, 2-ethyl-1hexyl).
  • R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or formyl.
  • R 30 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and M is hydrogen An atom or an alkali metal atom is represented, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different.
  • R 2 to R 6 include the same as R 7 to R 13 .
  • R 30 may be the same as R 14 .
  • the formula R 2 in (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, A methyl group, an ethyl group, a 2-propyl group or a tert-butyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 2 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
  • the formula R 4 in (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 1-propyl group, a 2-propyl group, 1-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, 1-octyl group, etc.), more preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M or carbon It is an alkyl group having a number of 1 to 4, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • An aliphatic hydrocarbon group more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 2-propyl group or a tert-butyl group, A hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable.
  • a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 6 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
  • R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • R 2 in formula (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably a methyl group.
  • a color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 2 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
  • R 4 in formula (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 1-propyl group, a 2-propyl group) 1-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, 1-octyl group and the like, more preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M or An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom, having 1 to 10 carbon atoms.
  • R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
  • Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl group, and pentyl group.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
  • the phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions.
  • the phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the meta position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of the two meta positions.
  • a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in both ortho and meta positions means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions and at least one of two meta positions. Means group.
  • Ar 1 is preferably a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
  • Ar 1 may have a substituent other than an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  • substituents include a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group and include amino group, -SO 3 M and -CO 2 M is preferred.
  • Ar 1 examples include groups represented by the following formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-10) and formulas (PHK-13) to (PHK-29).
  • represents a bond.
  • GL1 represents a group represented by the formula (GL-1)
  • GL2 represents a group represented by the formula (GL-2)
  • GL3 represents a formula (GL-3).
  • GL5 represents a group represented by the formula (GL5)
  • H represents a hydrogen atom
  • SA represents -SO 3 H
  • CA is —CO 2 H
  • PHK-1 to “PHK-16” are represented by the formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-16), respectively.
  • “L21” represents a group represented by Formula (L21), “L22” represents a group represented by Formula (L22), and “L23” represents a group represented by Formula (L23).
  • “L21” represents a group represented by Formula (L21), “L22” represents a group represented by Formula (L22), and “L23” represents Formula (L23).
  • “L24” represents a group represented by the formula (L24), "O” represents an oxygen atom, “S” represents a sulfur atom, and “H” represents a hydrogen atom.
  • SA represents —SO 3 H
  • CA represents —CO 2 H
  • “PHK-1” to “PHK-16” are represented by formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-16), respectively. Represents the group represented.
  • Examples of the compound (I) include compounds represented by the formula (IA ′) shown in the following Table 29 or alkali metal salts thereof.
  • “L1” represents a group represented by the formula (L1)
  • “O” represents an oxygen atom
  • “Me” represents a methyl group
  • “Et” represents an ethyl group
  • “Bu” represents a butyl group
  • “Hex” represents a hexyl group
  • EHx represents a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group
  • “Oct” represents an octyl group
  • “GL1” represents the formula (GL— 1) represents a group represented by formula (GL-2)
  • “GL3” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3)
  • “GL5” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3).
  • the group represented by the formula (GL-5) is represented, and “H” represents a hydrogen atom.
  • compound (I-2) is a compound represented by the following formula (I-2).
  • compound (IA-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IA-1).
  • compound (IB-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IB-1).
  • the solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent From the viewpoint of the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition, the compound (IB-1), the compound (IB-2), the compound (IB-3), the compound (IB-4), and the compound (IB- 5), Compound (IB-6), Compound (IB-7), Compound (IB-8), Compound (IB-9), Compound (IB-10), Compound (IB-11), Compound (IB-12) ), Compound (IB-13), Compound (IB-14), Compound (IB-15), Compound (IB-16), Compound (IB-17), Compound (IB-18), Compound (IB-19) , Compound (IB-20), Compound (IB-31), Compound (IB-32), Compound (IB-33),
  • L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X and R 7 ⁇ R 13 are the same meaning as described above Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).)
  • Z b represents a group represented by formula (Z2).
  • R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group is preferably a compound (Ia-1) which may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
  • Compound (Ia-1) in which R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred.
  • Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
  • a certain compound (Ia-2) is preferable, and Ar 1 is a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position, or a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position and the meta position.
  • Compound (I) is a compound represented by formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (II)) and a compound represented by formula (III) (hereinafter referred to as compound (III)). May be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
  • the compound (II) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group or sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, that is, the compound represented by the following formula (IIa) and the compound (III) are both novel.
  • a compound. In the formula, L, L a , X, Z, R 7 to R 9 and R 11 to R 13 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represent 1 to Represents 20 alkyl groups.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 15 and R 16 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a tert-butyl group.
  • An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable.
  • R 15 and R 16 are preferably the same group.
  • the base examples include organic bases such as triethylamine and piperidine, and the amount used is usually 0.1 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of compound (II).
  • the amount of compound (III) to be used is generally 2 to 10 mol, preferably 2 to 4 mol, per 1 mol of compound (II).
  • the reaction between compound (II) and compound (III) is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent.
  • the solvent include nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, Alcohol solvents such as 1-octanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, ketone solvents such as acetone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, etc.
  • amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformaldehyde and N-methylpyrrolidone, nitrile solvents, alcohol solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents are preferable, and acetonitrile, methanol and toluene are more preferable.
  • the amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (II).
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 150 ° C.
  • the reaction time is usually 0.5 hours to 36 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the compound (I) can be taken out by mixing a solvent in which the compound (I) is difficult to dissolve with the obtained reaction mixture and filtering.
  • Compound (III) can be produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (IV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IV)) with a formylating agent. (In the formula, Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above.)
  • the formylating agent is phosphoryl chloride.
  • the amount used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (IV).
  • the reaction of compound (IV) with a formylating agent is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent, and examples of the solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide.
  • the amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (IV).
  • the reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and the reaction time is usually from 0.5 hours to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture is neutralized, extracted with an organic solvent insoluble in water such as ethyl acetate, and the resulting organic layer is concentrated to extract compound (III).
  • Compound (IV) is produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (V) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (V)) with boron tribromide, followed by hydrolysis. Can do.
  • V formula (V)
  • Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 17 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms examples include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • the amount of boron tribromide to be used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (V).
  • the reaction of compound (V) with boron tribromide is usually carried out in a solvent, and examples of the solvent include halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane.
  • the amount of the solvent to be used is generally 1-50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (V).
  • the reaction temperature is usually ⁇ 78 ° C. to 50 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture and water are mixed and then separated, and the resulting organic layer can be concentrated to take out the compound (IV).
  • the compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z1) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (VI) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (VI)) and a compound represented by the formula (VII). (Hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (VII)) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base.
  • the compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z1) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (VIII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (VIII)) and a compound represented by the formula (IX). (Hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IX)) can also be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
  • a base wherein R 1 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group, or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Represents a group.
  • halogen atom represented by X 2 and X 3 examples include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the reaction between compound (VI) and compound (VII) can be carried out according to a known method for amination of an aromatic halide (for example, J. Org. Chem. 2003, 68, 1163-1164, etc.). .
  • a palladium catalyst such as palladium (II) acetate and a phosphorus-based ligand (for example, 2,8,9-triisopropyl-2,5,8,9-tetraaza-1-phosphabicyclo [3 3.3] undecane, etc.
  • a base such as potassium tert-butoxide
  • a solvent such as toluene
  • the reaction of compound (VIII) and compound (IX) can be carried out according to a known alkylation method of an amine compound (for example, J. Org. Chem. 2011, 76, 8015-8021 etc.). Specifically, a base such as triethylamine, sodium hydride, sodium methoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, a compound (VIII), a compound (IX), a solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide, The reaction can be carried out by mixing.
  • the reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C. to 100 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 72 hours.
  • the reaction mixture, water and, if necessary, an organic solvent insoluble in water are mixed, the organic layer is separated, and the obtained organic layer is concentrated to obtain the compound (V). It can be taken out.
  • the compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z2) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (XV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (XV)) and a compound represented by the formula (XVI). (Hereinafter, it may be described as the compound (XVI)).
  • Ar 1 , R 7 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 3 represents a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group.
  • Examples of the halogen atom represented by X 3 include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
  • the reaction between the compound (XV) and the compound (XVI) is carried out according to a known coupling reaction between an aromatic amine and an aromatic halide (for example, J. Mater. Chem. 1997, 7, 2343-2354, etc.). Can be implemented. Specifically, the reaction can be carried out by mixing copper, a base such as potassium carbonate, compound (XV), compound (XVI), and a solvent such as dichlorobenzene. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6. The amount of compound (XVI) to be used is generally 2 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (XV). The reaction temperature is usually 50 ° C. to 200 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 96 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered, washed with an acid to obtain an organic layer, and the resulting organic layer is concentrated to extract the compound (V).
  • a known coupling reaction between an aromatic amine and an aromatic halide
  • Compound (II) is a compound represented by formula (X) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (X)) and a compound represented by formula (XI) (hereinafter referred to as compound (XI)). And a compound represented by formula (XII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (XII)) in a solvent. (Wherein R 11 to R 13 , R 15 , R 16 , L and X represent the same meaning as described above, and R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 20 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
  • the amount of compound (XI) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
  • the amount of compound (XII) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
  • Compound (XI) and compound (XII) are preferably the same compound, and the amount used is usually 2 to 5 mol, preferably 2 to 3 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
  • the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, and the amount used is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (X).
  • the reaction temperature is usually ⁇ 20 ° C. to 100 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 72 hours.
  • reaction mixture and water are mixed, and then extracted with an organic solvent insoluble in water such as ethyl acetate, and the obtained organic layer is concentrated to give compound (II). Can be taken out.
  • finish of reaction after mixing a reaction mixture, water, or methanol as needed, for example, compound (II) can also be taken out by filtering.
  • Compound (XI) and Compound (XII) are, for example, J. Med. Chem. It can be produced according to a known method such as the method described in 2012, 55, 3398-3413.
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a colorant, and the colorant contains compound (I).
  • the colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “colorant (A)”) contains compound (I) as an active ingredient.
  • the colorant (A) may be composed only of the compound (I) or may contain a dye or pigment other than the compound (I).
  • the colorant (A) preferably contains a pigment in addition to the compound (I).
  • the content ratio of the compound (I) in the colorant (A) is usually 1 to 100% by mass, preferably 3 to 100% by mass, more preferably 3 to 70% by mass. More preferably, it is 60 mass%.
  • dyes other than Compound (I) Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), Solvent, Acid, Basic, Reactive, Direct ( Examples include compounds classified as Direct, Disperse, or Vat. Specific examples include dyes having the following color index (CI) numbers.
  • Reactive Orange 16 C. I. Direct orange 26; C. I. Solvent Red 24, 49, 90, 91, 118, 119, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 132, 160, 218; C. I. Acid Red 73, 91, 92, 97, 138, 151, 211, 274, 289; C. I. Acid Violet 102; C. I. Solvent Green 1,5; C. I. Acid Green 3, 5, 9, 25, 28; C. I. Basic Green 1; C. I. Bat Green 1 etc.
  • pigments classified as pigments by Color Index published by The Society of Dyer's and Colorists. Specifically, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 53, 83, 86, 93, 94, 109, 110, 117, 125, 128, 129, 137, 138, Yellow pigments such as 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214; C. I. Orange pigments such as CI Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73; C. I.
  • Red pigments such as CI Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 176, 177, 180, 192, 209, 215, 216, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264, 265; C. I. Blue pigments such as CI Pigment Blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60; C. I. Violet color pigments such as CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38; C. I. Green pigments such as CI Pigment Green 7, 36, 58; C. I. A brown pigment such as CI Pigment Brown 23 and 25; and C.I. I. And black pigments such as CI Pigment Black 1 and 7.
  • phthalocyanine pigments are preferable, and at least one selected from the group consisting of halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigments and halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments is more preferable.
  • Particularly preferred is at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58.
  • These pigments are suitable as green colorants, and by using a colorant containing these pigments, it is easy to optimize the transmission spectrum, and it is possible to form a color filter with good light resistance and chemical resistance. it can.
  • the pigment is atomized by rosin treatment, surface treatment using a pigment derivative having an acidic group or basic group introduced, graft treatment on the pigment surface with a polymer compound, etc., sulfuric acid atomization method, etc.
  • a treatment, a cleaning treatment with an organic solvent or water for removing impurities, a removal treatment by an ion exchange method of ionic impurities, or the like may be performed.
  • the particle diameter of the pigment is preferably substantially uniform.
  • the pigment can be made into a pigment dispersion in a state of being uniformly dispersed in the pigment dispersant solution by carrying out a dispersion treatment by containing a pigment dispersant.
  • the pigments may be subjected to a dispersion treatment alone, or a plurality of types may be mixed and dispersed.
  • the pigment dispersant include cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, polyester, polyamine, and acrylic pigment dispersants. These pigment dispersants may be used in combination of two or more.
  • the pigment dispersant KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Florene (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Solsperse (manufactured by Geneca Corporation), EFKA (manufactured by CIBA), Ajisper (Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd.), Disperbyk (Bic Chemie Co., Ltd.) and the like.
  • the amount used is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment.
  • the amount of the pigment dispersant used is in the above range, there is a tendency that a pigment dispersion with a more uniform dispersion state is obtained.
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (B)”), a polymerizable compound (hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable compound ( C) ”, a polymerization initiator (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ polymerization initiator (D) ”) and a solvent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ solvent (E) ”).
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a leveling agent in addition to these components.
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiation assistant in addition to these components.
  • the content of the colorant (A) in the colored curable resin composition is usually 1% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solid content. More preferably, it is 5 mass% or more and 60 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 5 mass% or more and 50 mass% or less.
  • the total amount of solid content means the total amount of the component remove
  • the total amount of solids and the content of each component relative thereto can be measured by known analytical means such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography, for example.
  • the resin (B) contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably an alkali-soluble resin and has a structure derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides. More preferred are addition polymers having units. Examples of such a resin include the following resins [K1] to [K6].
  • Resin [K1] at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(a)”), and a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms And a monomer (b) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b)”)
  • unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid; Maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, 3-vinylphthalic acid, 4-vinylphthalic acid, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, dimethyl
  • Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid; Methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 5-carboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-ethyl
  • (B) refers to a polymerizable compound having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, an oxirane ring, an oxetane ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, etc.) and an ethylenically unsaturated bond.
  • (B) is preferably a monomer having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • (meth) acrylic acid represents at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and the notation of “(meth) acryloyl” and “(meth) acrylate” is also used. Indicate the same meaning.
  • (B) includes a monomer (b1) having an oxiranyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1)”), and a monomer having an oxetanyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. (B2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b2)”) and a monomer (b3) having a tetrahydrofuryl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b3)”).
  • (B1) may be a monomer (b1-1) having a structure in which a linear or branched aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter referred to as “(b1-1)”) ) And a monomer (b1-2) having a structure in which an alicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1-2)”).
  • glycidyl (meth) acrylate ⁇ -methylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, ⁇ -ethylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl vinyl ether, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p -Vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, ⁇ -methyl-o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, ⁇ -methyl-m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, ⁇ -methyl-p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 2,3-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene 2,4-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,5-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,6-bis (glycidyl (meth
  • (B1-2) includes vinylcyclohexene monooxide, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, formula ( Examples thereof include a compound represented by 1) and a compound represented by formula (2).
  • R a and R b each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxy group.
  • X a and X b are each independently a single bond, -R c -, * - R c -O -, * - R c -S- or * -R represents the c -NH- .
  • R c is the number of carbon atoms Represents an alkanediyl group of 1 to 6. * represents a bond to O.
  • Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group.
  • Examples of the alkyl group in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a hydroxy group include a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1-hydroxypropyl group, a 2-hydroxypropyl group, a 3-hydroxypropyl group, 1- Examples include a hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 1-hydroxybutyl group, a 2-hydroxybutyl group, a 3-hydroxybutyl group, and a 4-hydroxybutyl group.
  • R a and R b are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group or a 2-hydroxyethyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
  • alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5. -Diyl group and hexane-1,6-diyl group are mentioned.
  • X a and X b are each independently a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, * —CH 2 —O— or * —CH 2 CH 2 —O—, preferably a single bond or * —CH 2. More preferably, it is CH 2 —O—.
  • * represents a bond with O.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) include compounds represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-15), among which the formula (1-1) and the formula (1-3) And compounds represented by formula (1-5), formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-11) to formula (1-15) are preferred, and formula (1-1), The compounds represented by formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-15) are more preferred.
  • Examples of the compound represented by the formula (2) include compounds represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-15). Among them, the formula (2-1) and the formula (2-3) And compounds represented by formula (2-5), formula (2-7), formula (2-9) and formula (2-11) to formula (2-15) are preferred, and formula (2-1), The compounds represented by formula (2-7), formula (2-9) and formula (2-15) are more preferred.
  • the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) may be used alone, or the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) May be used in combination. When these are used in combination, the ratio of the compound represented by formula (1) and the compound represented by formula (2) (compound represented by formula (1): compound represented by formula (2)) is mol.
  • the standard is preferably 5:95 to 95: 5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and still more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
  • (B2) is more preferably a monomer having an oxetanyl group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • (B2) includes 3-methyl-3-methacryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-methyl-3-acryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-methacryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-acryloyloxymethyloxetane , 3-methyl-3-methacryloyloxyethyl oxetane, 3-methyl-3-acryloyloxyethyl oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-methacryloyloxyethyl oxetane and 3-ethyl-3-acryloyloxyethyl oxetane.
  • (B3) is more preferably a monomer having a tetrahydrofuryl group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group.
  • Examples of (b3) include tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate (for example, Biscoat V # 150, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate.
  • (B) is preferably (b1), and the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition is excellent in that the reliability of the obtained color filter such as heat resistance and chemical resistance can be further increased.
  • (b1) is preferably (b1-2).
  • Decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate in the art, it is referred to as “dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate” as a common name.
  • tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate It may also be referred to as “tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate”) .
  • Torisiku [5.2.1.0 2, 6] in the art, it is said that "dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate” as trivial name.
  • Decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate dicyclopentanyl Such as oxyethyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, propargyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, etc.
  • (Meth) acrylic acid ester Hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate; Dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, diethyl itaconate; Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- Hydroxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- (2′-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-methoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dihydroxybicyclo [2.2 .1] Hept-2-
  • styrene vinyltoluene
  • benzyl (meth) acrylate tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate
  • N -Phenylmaleimide N-cyclohexylmaleimide
  • N-benzylmaleimide and bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene are preferred.
  • the ratio of the structural unit derived from each is the total structural unit constituting the resin [K1] Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol% Structural unit derived from (b): 40 to 98 mol% It is preferable that Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol% Structural unit derived from (b): 50 to 90 mol% It is more preferable that When the ratio of the structural unit of the resin [K1] is in the above range, the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition, the developability when forming a colored pattern, and the solvent resistance of the obtained color filter are more improved. It tends to be excellent.
  • Resin [K1] is, for example, the method described in the document “Experimental Methods for Polymer Synthesis” (Takayuki Otsu, published by Kagaku Dojin Co., Ltd., 1st edition, 1st edition, published on March 1, 1972) and the document Can be produced with reference to the cited references described in 1.
  • a predetermined amount of (a) and (b), a polymerization initiator, a solvent, and the like are placed in a reaction vessel, for example, by substituting oxygen with nitrogen to create a deoxygenated atmosphere and stirring.
  • the method of heating and heat retention is mentioned.
  • the polymerization initiator, the solvent, and the like used here are not particularly limited, and those usually used in the field can be used.
  • polymerization initiators azo compounds (2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), etc.) and organic peroxides (benzoyl peroxide, etc.) Any solvent may be used as long as it dissolves each monomer.
  • the solvent for the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described later.
  • the solution after the reaction may be used as it is, a concentrated or diluted solution may be used, or a solid (powder) taken out by a method such as reprecipitation. May be used.
  • a concentrated or diluted solution may be used, or a solid (powder) taken out by a method such as reprecipitation. May be used.
  • the solvent contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention as a solvent during the polymerization, the solution after the reaction is used as it is for the preparation of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention. Therefore, the manufacturing process of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention can be simplified.
  • the proportion of structural units derived from each of the structural units constituting the resin [K3] Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol% Structural unit derived from (c): 40 to 98 mol% It is preferable that Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol% Structural unit derived from (c): 50 to 90 mol% It is more preferable that Resin [K3] can be produced, for example, in the same manner as described for the production method of resin [K1].
  • Resin [K4] obtains a copolymer of (a) and (c), and (b) has a carboxylic acid and / or carboxylic acid anhydride having (b) a cyclic ether moiety having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It can be manufactured by adding to a product. Specifically, it can be produced as follows. First, a copolymer of (a) and (c) is produced in the same manner as the method described as the production method of the resin [K1]. In this case, it is preferable that the ratio of the structural units derived from each is the same as that described for the resin [K3].
  • a cyclic ether compound having 2 to 4 carbon atoms which (b) has is reacted with a part of the carboxylic acid and / or carboxylic anhydride derived from (a) in the copolymer.
  • the atmosphere in the flask is replaced from nitrogen to air, and (b) a catalyst for the reaction of the carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride with the cyclic ether compound (for example, A resin [K4] is produced by placing tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, etc.) and a polymerization inhibitor (eg, hydroquinone, etc.) in a flask and reacting, for example, at 60-130 ° C. for 1-10 hours. be able to.
  • the amount of (b) used is preferably 5 to 80 mol, more preferably 10 to 75 mol, per 100 mol of (a).
  • the colored curable resin composition containing a resin obtained by adjusting the amount of (b) used in this range is storage stability, developability when forming a pattern, solvent resistance of the resulting pattern, heat resistance Tend to have a better balance of properties, mechanical strength and sensitivity. Since the reactivity of the cyclic ether moiety is high and unreacted (b) hardly remains, (b) used in the resin [K4] is preferably (b1) and more preferably (b1-1).
  • the amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of (a), (b) and (c).
  • the amount of the polymerization inhibitor used is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of (a), (b) and (c).
  • reaction conditions such as the charging method of each reagent, the reaction temperature, and the reaction time can be appropriately adjusted in consideration of the production equipment and the amount of heat generated by polymerization.
  • the charging method and the reaction temperature can be appropriately adjusted in consideration of the production equipment, the amount of heat generated by the polymerization, and the like.
  • Resin [K5] obtains a copolymer of (b) and (c) as a first step in the same manner as in the method for producing resin [K1] described above.
  • the obtained copolymer may be used as it is after the reaction, or may be a concentrated or diluted solution, or may be solid (powder) by a method such as reprecipitation. You may use what was taken out as.
  • the ratio of the structural units derived from (b) and (c) is the total number of moles of all structural units constituting the copolymer, respectively.
  • Resin [K5] can be obtained by reacting an anhydride.
  • the amount of (a) to be reacted with the copolymer is preferably 5 to 80 mol per 100 mol of (b). Since the reactivity of the cyclic ether moiety is high and unreacted (b) hardly remains, (b) used in the resin [K5] is preferably (b1) and more preferably (b1-1).
  • Resin [K6] is a resin obtained by further reacting carboxylic anhydride with resin [K5].
  • Carboxylic anhydride is reacted with a hydroxy group generated by reaction of a cyclic ether moiety with carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride.
  • Carboxylic anhydrides include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 1 2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride.
  • the amount of carboxylic acid anhydride used is preferably 0.5 to 1 mole per mole of (a) used.
  • Examples of the resin (B) include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6 ] decyl (meta ) Resin such as acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer [K1]; glycidyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, glycidyl (meth) acrylate / styrene / (meth) Acrylic acid copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / N-cyclohexylmaleimide copolymer, 3,4-epoxy tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid
  • the resin (B) is preferably a kind selected from the group consisting of a resin [K1], a resin [K2] and a resin [K3], and more preferably from a group consisting of a resin [K2] and a resin [K3]. It is the kind chosen. When these resins are used, the colored curable resin composition is excellent in developability. Resin [K2] is more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion between the coloring pattern and the substrate.
  • the polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is usually 3,000 to 100,000, preferably 5,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 35,000, Preferably it is 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 6,000 to 30,000.
  • the molecular weight distribution [weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)] of the resin (B) is preferably 1.1 to 6, and more preferably 1.2 to 4.
  • the acid value of the resin (B) is preferably 20 to 170 mg-KOH / g, more preferably 30 to 170 mg-KOH / g, of which 40 to 170 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 50 to 170 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 50-150 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 60-150 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 60-135 mg-KOH / g is more preferred. ⁇ 135 mg-KOH / g is preferred.
  • the acid value is a value measured as the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide necessary to neutralize 1 g of the resin (B), and can be determined by titration with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, for example.
  • the content of the resin (B) is preferably 7 to 65% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 13 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content. Of these, the content is preferably 17 to 55% by mass.
  • the content of the resin (B) is in the above range, a colored pattern can be easily formed, and the resolution of the colored pattern and the remaining film rate tend to be improved.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) is a compound that can be polymerized by an active radical and / or an acid generated from a polymerization initiator, and examples thereof include a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acrylic acid ester Compounds having a structure are preferred.
  • the polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound having one ethylenically unsaturated bond include nonylphenyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, (A), (a) and (c).
  • Examples of the polymerizable compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds include 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and triethylene glycol di (meta).
  • the content of the polymerizable compound (C) in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 65% by mass, preferably 7 to 65% by mass with respect to the total solid content, and more The amount is preferably 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably 13 to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 17 to 55% by mass.
  • the content ratio of the resin (B) to the polymerizable compound (C) (resin (B): polymerizable compound (C)) is usually 20:80 to 80:20, preferably 35:65, based on mass. ⁇ 80: 20. When the content of the polymerizable compound (C) is within the above range, the remaining film ratio at the time of forming the colored pattern and the chemical resistance of the color filter tend to be improved.
  • the polymerization initiator (D) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating an active radical, an acid or the like by the action of light or heat and initiating polymerization, and a known polymerization initiator can be used.
  • Examples of the polymerization initiator (D) include alkylphenone compounds, triazine compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, O-acyloxime compounds, and biimidazole compounds.
  • the O-acyl oxime compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d1).
  • * represents a bond.
  • O-acyloxime compounds include N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butan-1-one-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1- On-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) -3-cyclopentylpropane-1-one-2-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2- Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- ⁇ 2-methyl-4- (3,3-dimethyl-2,4-di) Oxacyclopentanylmethyloxy) benzoyl ⁇ -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethi -6
  • N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butan-1-one-2-imine N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine
  • N-benzoyloxy-1- (4- More preferred is phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine.
  • the alkylphenone compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d2) or a structure represented by the formula (d3).
  • the benzene ring in these structures may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the compound having the structure represented by the formula (d2) include 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- (4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) ) -2-benzylbutan-1-one and 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] butan-1-one.
  • Commercial products such as Irgacure 369, 907, 379 (above, manufactured by BASF) may be used.
  • Examples of the compound having a structure represented by the formula (d3) include 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy ) Phenyl] propan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, oligomers of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- (4-isopropenylphenyl) propan-1-one, ⁇ , ⁇ -diethoxyacetophenone and benzyl Examples include dimethyl ketal.
  • the alkylphenone compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d2).
  • biimidazole compound examples include a compound represented by the formula (d5).
  • R 51 to R 56 represent an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.
  • Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, an ethylphenyl group and a naphthyl group, preferably a phenyl group.
  • Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.
  • a halogen atom a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example, Preferably it is a chlorine atom.
  • Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, and a butoxy group, and a methoxy group is preferable.
  • biimidazole compound examples include 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole and 2,2′-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4,4.
  • acylphosphine oxide compound examples include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide.
  • polymerization initiators include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4 ′.
  • -Benzophenone compounds such as methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetra (tert-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone; 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, 2- Examples include quinone compounds such as ethyl anthraquinone and camphorquinone; 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, benzyl, methyl phenylglyoxylate, and titanocene compounds. These are preferably used in combination with a polymerization initiation assistant described below (particularly an amine polymerization initiation assistant).
  • the polymerization initiator (D) preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylphenone compounds, triazine compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, O-acyloxime compounds and biimidazole compounds, and more preferably O-acyloxy. Compound.
  • the content of the polymerization initiator (D) is usually 0.1 to 40 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). Parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass.
  • the polymerization initiation assistant is a compound or a sensitizer used for accelerating the polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C) whose polymerization has been initiated by the polymerization initiator (D).
  • the polymerization initiation assistant When the colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiation assistant, it is usually used in combination with a polymerization initiator (D).
  • the polymerization initiation assistant include amine polymerization initiation assistants, alkoxyanthracene polymerization initiation assistants, thioxanthone polymerization initiation assistants, and carboxylic acid polymerization initiation assistants.
  • Examples of the amine polymerization initiation assistant include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminobenzoate.
  • Commercial products such as EAB-F (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) may be used.
  • Examples of the thioxanthone polymerization initiation assistant include 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, and 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone.
  • Carboxylic acid polymerization initiators include phenylsulfanylacetic acid, methylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, ethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, methylethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, dimethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, methoxyphenylsulfanylacetic acid, dimethoxyphenylsulfanylacetic acid, chlorophenylsulfanylacetic acid, dichlorophenyl And sulfanylacetic acid, N-phenylglycine, phenoxyacetic acid, naphthylthioacetic acid, N-naphthylglycine and naphthoxyacetic acid.
  • the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). Part by mass.
  • the content of the polymerization initiation assistant is within this range, a colored pattern can be formed with higher sensitivity, and the productivity of the color filter tends to be improved.
  • a solvent (E) is not limited, The solvent normally used in the said field
  • ester solvents include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutanoate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl formate, isopentyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, pyruvin
  • Examples include methyl acid, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, cyclohexanol acetate and ⁇ -butyrolactone.
  • Ether solvents include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether , Propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, die Glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, anisole, include phenetol and methyl anisole.
  • ether ester solvents include methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-ethoxy Ethyl propionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, Ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl acetate Le acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether
  • ketone solvents include 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, acetone, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and isophorone. Is mentioned.
  • alcohol solvents examples include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and glycerin.
  • aromatic hydrocarbon solvents examples include benzene, toluene, xylene and mesitylene.
  • amide solvent examples include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
  • These solvents may be used in combination of two or more.
  • the content of the solvent (E) is usually 70 to 95% by mass, preferably 75 to 92% by mass, and more preferably 75 to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. .
  • the content of the solvent (E) is in the above range, the flatness at the time of coating is good, and when the color filter is formed, the color density does not become insufficient and the display characteristics tend to be good. .
  • Leveling agent examples include silicone surfactants, fluorine surfactants, and silicone surfactants having a fluorine atom. These may have a polymerizable group in the side chain.
  • silicone surfactant examples include surfactants having a siloxane bond in the molecule.
  • Toray Silicone DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400 (trade name: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), KP321, KP322, KP323, KP324 , KP326, KP340, KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452 and TSF4460 (made by Momentive Performance Materials Japan GK) It is done.
  • fluorosurfactant examples include surfactants having a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule.
  • Florard (registered trademark) FC430, FC431 manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.
  • MegaFac (registered trademark) F142D, F171, F172, F173, F177, F183, F183, F554, R30, RS-718-K manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • Ftop registered trademark
  • EF301 EF303
  • EF351, EF352 manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals
  • Surflon registered trademark
  • S381, S382 SC101, SC105 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and E5844 (Daikin Fine Chemical Laboratory Co., Ltd.).
  • silicone surfactant having a fluorine atom examples include surfactants having a siloxane bond and a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule.
  • Megafac registered trademark
  • R08, BL20, F475, F477, and F443 manufactured by DIC Corporation
  • the content of the leveling agent is usually from 0.0005% by mass to 0.6% by mass, preferably from 0.001% by mass to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. More preferably, it is 0.001 mass% or more and 0.2 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 0.002 mass% or more and 0.1 mass% or less, Especially preferably, it is 0.005 mass% or more and 0.07 mass%. % Or less.
  • the leveling agent content is within the above range, the flatness of the color filter can be improved.
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes additives known in the art, such as fillers, other polymer compounds, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, etc., if necessary. May be included.
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes, for example, a colorant (A), a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), a polymerization initiator (D), a solvent (E), and, if necessary, It can be prepared by mixing a leveling agent, a polymerization initiation aid and other components.
  • a leveling agent e.g., a leveling agent for polymerization initiation aid
  • pigments and dyes can also be mixed.
  • the pigment is preferably mixed in advance with a part or all of the solvent (E) and used in the state of a pigment dispersion dispersed using a bead mill or the like until the average particle size of the pigment is about 0.2 ⁇ m or less. .
  • Examples of the method for producing a colored pattern from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include a photolithographic method, an inkjet method, and a printing method. Of these, the photolithographic method is preferable.
  • the photolithographic method is a method in which a colored curable resin composition is applied to a substrate, dried to form a colored composition layer, and the colored composition layer is exposed and developed through a photomask.
  • a colored coating film that is a cured product of the colored composition layer can be formed by not using a photomask and / or not developing during exposure.
  • the colored pattern and the colored coating film thus formed are the color filter of the present invention.
  • the film thickness of the color filter to be produced can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose and application, and is usually 0.1 to 30 ⁇ m, preferably 0.1 to 20 ⁇ m, more preferably 0.5 to 6 ⁇ m.
  • resin plate such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene terephthalate, silicon
  • an aluminum, silver, silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film or the like is used.
  • another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor, a circuit, and the like may be formed.
  • each color pixel by the photolithographic method can be performed by a known or commonly used apparatus and conditions. For example, it can be produced as follows.
  • a colored curable resin composition is applied on a substrate, dried by heating (pre-baking) and / or drying under reduced pressure to remove volatile components such as a solvent, and a smooth colored composition layer is obtained.
  • the coating method include a spin coating method, a slit coating method, and a slit and spin coating method.
  • the temperature for performing heat drying is preferably 30 to 120 ° C, more preferably 50 to 110 ° C. Further, the heating time is preferably 10 seconds to 60 minutes, and more preferably 30 seconds to 30 minutes. When drying under reduced pressure, it is preferably performed at a temperature of 20 to 25 ° C. under a pressure of 50 to 150 Pa.
  • the film thickness of the coloring composition layer is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the film thickness of the target color filter.
  • the coloring composition layer is exposed through a photomask for forming a target coloring pattern.
  • the pattern on the photomask is not particularly limited, and a pattern according to the intended use is used.
  • the light source used for exposure is preferably a light source that generates light having a wavelength of 250 to 450 nm. For example, light less than 350 nm can be cut using a filter that cuts this wavelength range, or light near 436 nm, 408 nm, and 365 nm can be selectively extracted using a bandpass filter that extracts these wavelength ranges. Or you may.
  • Specific examples of the light source include a mercury lamp, a light emitting diode, a metal halide lamp, and a halogen lamp.
  • a colored pattern is formed on the substrate by developing the exposed colored composition layer in contact with a developer. By the development, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer is dissolved in the developer and removed.
  • the developer is preferably an aqueous solution of an alkaline compound such as potassium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide.
  • the concentration of the alkaline compound is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 5% by mass.
  • the developer may contain a surfactant.
  • the development method may be any of paddle method, dipping method and spray method. Further, the substrate may be tilted at an arbitrary angle during development. After development, it is preferable to wash with water.
  • the post-bake temperature is preferably 150 to 250 ° C, more preferably 160 to 235 ° C.
  • the post-bake time is preferably 1 to 120 minutes, more preferably 10 to 60 minutes.
  • the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is useful as a color filter used for display devices (for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.) and solid-state image sensors.
  • display devices for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.
  • solid-state image sensors for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.
  • the polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin were measured by the GPC method under the following conditions.
  • Apparatus HLC-8120GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation) Column: TSK-GELG2000HXL Column temperature: 40 ° C Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Analysis sample solid content concentration: 0.001 to 0.01% by mass Injection volume: 50 ⁇ L Detector: RI
  • Calibration standard materials TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40, F-4, F-288, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
  • the polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight ratio (Mw / Mn) obtained above was defined as molecular weight distribution.
  • Synthesis example 1 10.1 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate 12.6. Part was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 5 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 300 parts of water and 270 parts of ethyl acetate were added, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated.
  • Synthesis example 2 2,2.4 parts of 2,4-dimethylaniline, 35.4 parts of triethylamine and 132 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. While maintaining the temperature of this mixture at 50 to 60 ° C., 56.8 parts of iodoethane were added, and then stirred at 60 ° C. for 65 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 1000 parts of water and 433 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. The toluene layer was washed three times with 1000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and then the solvent was distilled off with a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 18.8 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-2).
  • Synthesis example 3 An appropriate amount of nitrogen was passed through a flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer to form a nitrogen atmosphere, and 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added and heated to 85 ° C. with stirring. Next, 19 parts of methacrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl acrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2. 1.0 2,6 ] Decan-9-yl acrylate (content ratio is 50:50 in molar ratio) 171 parts dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 40 parts using a dropping pump over about 5 hours And dripped.
  • Synthesis example 5 The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 1 was performed except that iodoethane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Synthesis Example 1, and the formula (pt3-4), formula (pt4-4), formula (pt5-4), and formula A compound represented by (I-141) was obtained.
  • Synthesis Example 6 The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 2 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline in Synthesis Example 2, and the formula (pt2-5), formula (pt3-5), The compounds represented by formula (pt4-5), formula (pt5-5) and formula (I-146) were obtained.
  • Synthesis example 7 The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 4 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Synthesis Example 4, and formula (pt3-6), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-6), formula (pt5-6) and formula (I-86) were obtained.
  • Example 1 4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol were mixed. To the resulting mixture, 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride was gradually added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. The resulting mixture was stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The obtained reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were taken out by filtration. The taken out crystal was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a).
  • Example 2 The same procedure as in Example 1 was conducted except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-2a), formula (pt3-2a), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-2a), formula (pt5-2a) and formula (IA-17) were obtained.
  • Example 3 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced by 1-bromo-3-methylbutane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-3a) and the formula (pt3-3a) The compound represented by formula (pt4-3a), formula (pt5-3a) and formula (IA-297) was obtained.
  • Example 4 Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 39.9 parts (0.200 mol) of 3-methoxydiphenylamine, 13.5 parts (0.240 mol) of potassium hydroxide and 550 parts of dimethyl sulfoxide were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To this mixture, 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was added and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. To this mixture were added 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane and 20.2 parts (0.360 mol) of potassium hydroxide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours.
  • Example 1 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a) was replaced with the formula (pt3-4a) in Example 1, and the formula (pt4-4a) and the formula (pt5- The compound represented by 4a) and formula (IA-15) was obtained.
  • Example 5 The same procedure as in Example 4 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromododecane in Example 4, and the formula (pt3-5a), formula (pt4-5a), formula ( pt5-5a) and the compound represented by formula (IA-299) were obtained.
  • Example 6 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-6a), formula (pt3-6a), formula The compounds represented by (pt4-6a), formula (pt5-6a) and formula (IA-306) were obtained.
  • Example 7 10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride 18 .2 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a).
  • Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-49).
  • Example 8 Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a).
  • Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-81).
  • Example 9 The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane. Thus, the compounds represented by formula (pt2-9a), formula (pt3-9a), formula (pt4-9a), formula (pt5-9a) and formula (I-308) were obtained.
  • Example 10 In Example 1, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a), and 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline.
  • the compound represented by the formula (IA-311) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1-bromooctane was replaced with 1-bromooctane.
  • the temperature T 5 (under nitrogen) and the temperature T 10 (under nitrogen) at which the weight loss rate was 10% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 30.
  • Example 11 4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol are mixed, and gradually 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate hydrochloride is added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. Added to. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were obtained as a residue of suction filtration. This residue was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b).
  • Example 12 18. 10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate at 5 ° C. or lower. Two parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b).
  • Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-32) The compound represented by these was obtained.
  • Example 13 Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b).
  • Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-62) The compound represented by these was obtained.
  • Example 14 The same procedure as in Example 11 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Example 11, and the formula (pt2-4b) and the formula ( The compounds represented by pt3-4b), formula (pt4-4b) and formula (IB-6) were obtained.
  • Example 15 In Example 11, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethyl. Except having replaced with benzene, it implemented similarly to Example 11 and obtained the compound represented by a formula (IB-36).
  • the temperature T 5 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 5% in air, the temperature T 10 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 10% in air, and the weight reduction rate is 5% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 31.
  • Example 16 Pigment: C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) 27 parts, 12 parts acrylic pigment dispersant, Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 9.5 parts, and Solvent (E): Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 180 parts were mixed, and a pigment dispersion in which the pigment was sufficiently dispersed using a bead mill; Colorant (A): 3.0 parts of compound represented by formula (I-1); Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 40 parts; Polymerizable compound (C): Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 49 parts; Polymerization initiator (D): N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (Irgacure (registered
  • Example 17 to Example 33 In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 32, and the compound represented by formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 32. A functional resin composition was obtained.
  • Example 16 C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 33, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 33. A functional resin composition was obtained.
  • Example 16 C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 34, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 34. A functional resin composition was obtained.
  • Example 79 Preparation of colored pattern and evaluation of sublimation>
  • the colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was applied on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning) by spin coating, and then pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a colored composition layer. Formed. After cooling, the distance between the substrate on which the colored composition layer is formed and the quartz glass photomask is set to 200 ⁇ m, and an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.) is used in an air atmosphere at 80 mJ / cm 2 The exposure amount (standard on 365 nm) was used. A photomask having a 100 ⁇ m line and space pattern was used.
  • the colored composition layer after the exposure was developed by being immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.12% of a nonionic surfactant and 0.04% of potassium hydroxide at 25 ° C. for 70 seconds, and washed with water. The film thickness was measured. The results are shown in Table 35.
  • This colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 ⁇ m between them, and post-baking at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes to obtain a colored pattern. .
  • the color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS).
  • a color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) of 5.0 or more indicates that the colorant has sublimability.
  • the results are shown in Table 35.
  • indicates that the colorant does not have sublimability
  • x indicates that the colorant has sublimability.
  • Example 80 to Example 142 In Example 79, a colored pattern was carried out in the same manner as in Example 79 except that the colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was replaced with the colored curable resin composition shown in Tables 35 to 37. Similarly, the sublimation property was evaluated. The results are shown in Tables 35 to 37.
  • the film thickness was measured to be 1.9 ⁇ m using DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.
  • the colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 ⁇ m between them, and post-baked at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes.
  • the color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS). As a result, the color difference ( ⁇ Eab *) was 5.0 or more, and it was confirmed that coumarin 6 as a colorant has sublimability.
  • the colored curable resin composition of the present invention can form a color filter without the colorant sublimating.
  • a color filter can be formed without sublimation of the colorant. Therefore, the color filter is suitably used for a display device such as a liquid crystal display device.

Landscapes

  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Organic Chemistry (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Chemical Kinetics & Catalysis (AREA)
  • Dispersion Chemistry (AREA)
  • Spectroscopy & Molecular Physics (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Architecture (AREA)
  • Structural Engineering (AREA)
  • Optical Filters (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Materials For Photolithography (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • Nitrogen Condensed Heterocyclic Rings (AREA)
  • Heterocyclic Carbon Compounds Containing A Hetero Ring Having Nitrogen And Oxygen As The Only Ring Hetero Atoms (AREA)
  • Plural Heterocyclic Compounds (AREA)
  • Organic Low-Molecular-Weight Compounds And Preparation Thereof (AREA)
  • Polymerisation Methods In General (AREA)
  • Addition Polymer Or Copolymer, Post-Treatments, Or Chemical Modifications (AREA)
  • Compositions Of Macromolecular Compounds (AREA)

Abstract

A colored curable resin composition which comprises a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator and a solvent, wherein the colorant includes a compound represented by formula (I). (In the formula, L is a sulphonyl group, etc., X is an oxygen atom, etc., R7 to R13 is each independently a hydrogen atom, etc., and Z is a group represented by formula (Z1) (In the formula, R1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, -CH2- that constitutes the alkyl group capable of being substituted with an oxygen atom, R2 to R6 is each independently a hydrogen atom, etc. and * is a bond.) or a group represented by formula (Z2) (In the formula, Ar1 is phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in an ortho position, meta position or both, and * is a bond.).)

Description

着色硬化性樹脂組成物Colored curable resin composition
 本発明は、着色硬化性樹脂組成物に関する。 The present invention relates to a colored curable resin composition.
 染料は、例えば、繊維材料、液晶表示装置、インクジェット等の分野で反射光または透過光を利用して色表示するために使用されている。特許文献1には、かかる染料として、下記式で表されるクマリン6が記載されている。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012
For example, dyes are used for color display using reflected light or transmitted light in fields such as fiber materials, liquid crystal display devices, and inkjets. Patent Document 1 describes coumarin 6 represented by the following formula as such a dye.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000012
特開2006−154740号公報(実施例8)JP 2006-154740 A (Example 8)
 本発明は、
<1> 式(I)で表される化合物を含む着色剤、樹脂、重合性化合物、重合開始剤および溶剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
(式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH)、スルファモイル基(−SONH)、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
Zは、式(Z1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
(式中、Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基または式(Z2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
(式中、Arは、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基を表わす。)
<2> Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基である<1>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<3> Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基である<1>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<4> Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基である<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<5> Rが、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい<1>~<4>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<6> Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、Rが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基である<2>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<7> Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、Rが、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である<3>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<8> Zが、式(Z2)で表わされる基である<1>~<3>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<9> Arが、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である<1>、<2>、<3>および<8>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<10> 炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である<9>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<11> 着色剤が、さらに顔料を含む<1>~<10>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<12> 顔料が、ハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン顔料およびハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である<11>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<13> 顔料が、塩素化銅フタロシアニン顔料、臭素化銅フタロシアニン顔料および臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である<11>に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<14> 顔料が、緑色顔料である<11>~<13>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<15> 顔料が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36およびC.I.ピグメントグリーン58からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である<11>~<14>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
<16> <1>~<15>のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタ。
<17> <16>に記載のカラーフィルタを含む液晶表示装置。
<18> 式(Ia−1)で表される化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000016
(式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH)、スルファモイル基(−SONH)、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
 Zは、式(Z1)で表される基を表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000017
(式中、Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。))
<19> Rが、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい<18>に記載の化合物。
<20> Rが、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である<18>に記載の化合物。
<21> 式(Ia−2)で表される化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000018
(式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH)、スルファモイル基(−SONH)、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
 Zは、式(Z2)で表される基を表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
(式中、Arは、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。))
<22> Arが、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である<21>に記載の化合物。
<23> 炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である<22>に記載の化合物。
<24> <18>~<23>のいずれかに記載の化合物を含む着色剤。
<25> さらに顔料を含む<24>に記載の着色剤。
<26> 式(IIa)で表される化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
(式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R11~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、R15およびR16は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わす。)
<27> 式(III)で表される化合物。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000021
(式中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよい。R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Zは、式(Z1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000022
(式中、Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基または式(Z2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000023
(式中、Arは、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
で表される基を表わす。);等を提供するものである。
The present invention
<1> A colored curable resin composition containing a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000013
(In the formula, L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —), and X represents oxygen R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), — SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, -N (R 14) -, may be replaced to a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO M, -CO 2 M, hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 20, R 14 there are a plurality of In this case, they may be the same or different, and M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different. Well,
Z represents the formula (Z1):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000014
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond. .)
Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000015
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
Represents a group represented by )
<2> The colored curable resin composition according to <1>, wherein L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
<3> The colored curable resin composition according to <1>, wherein L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group.
<4> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1).
<5> The coloring according to any one of <1> to <4>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom. Curable resin composition.
<6> The colored curable resin composition according to <2>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
<7> The colored curable resin composition according to <3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
<8> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <3>, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z2).
<9> Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. The colored curable resin composition according to any one of 2>, <3> and <8>.
<10> The colored curable resin composition according to <9>, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group, or an isopropyl group.
<11> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <10>, wherein the colorant further contains a pigment.
<12> The colored curable resin composition according to <11>, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
<13> The colored curable resin composition according to <11>, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a chlorinated copper phthalocyanine pigment, a brominated copper phthalocyanine pigment, and a brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
<14> The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <11> to <13>, wherein the pigment is a green pigment.
<15> The pigment is C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36 and C.I. I. The colored curable resin composition according to any one of <11> to <14>, which is at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58.
<16> A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of <1> to <15>.
<17> A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to <16>.
<18> A compound represented by formula (Ia-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000016
(Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000017
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and when there are a plurality of M And they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.))
<19> The compound according to <18>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
<20> The compound according to <18>, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
<21> A compound represented by the formula (Ia-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000018
(Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
Z b represents a group represented by the formula (Z2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000019
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
<22> As described in <21>, Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. Compound.
<23> The compound according to <22>, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
<24> A colorant comprising the compound according to any one of <18> to <23>.
<25> The colorant according to <24>, further comprising a pigment.
<26> A compound represented by the formula (IIa).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000020
(Wherein, L a represents a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 11 ~ R 13 are each independently hydrogen An atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 1 Represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, to which may be the same or different, M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Represents.)
<27> A compound represented by the formula (III).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000021
(Wherein R 7 to R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group, Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group; The hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group or an amino group. good .R 14 be replaced in groups, a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, even they are the same M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and Z represents the formula (Z1) :
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000022
(Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000023
(In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
Represents a group represented by ); Etc.
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、式(I)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(I)と記載することがある)を含む着色剤、樹脂、重合性化合物、重合開始剤および溶剤を含む。化合物(I)には、その互変異性体やそれらの塩も含まれる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000024
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator, and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (I)). including. Compound (I) includes tautomers and salts thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000024
<化合物(I)>
 式(I)中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わす。
<Compound (I)>
In the formula (I), L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —).
 炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基としては、式(L1)~式(L12)で表される基が挙げられ、原料の入手性の点で、式(L1)、式(L7)、式(L8)、式(L10)または式(L11)で表される基であることが好ましく、式(L1)、式(L7)、式(L8)または式(L11)で表される基であることがより好ましく、式(L1)で表される基であることが特に好ましい。なお、下記式(L1)~式(L12)中、●は結合手を表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025
Examples of the divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include groups represented by formulas (L1) to (L12). From the viewpoint of availability of raw materials, formula (L1), formula ( It is preferably a group represented by L7), formula (L8), formula (L10) or formula (L11), represented by formula (L1), formula (L7), formula (L8) or formula (L11). And more preferably a group represented by the formula (L1). In the following formulas (L1) to (L12), ● represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000025
 炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基としては、メチレン基、ジメチレン基、トリメチレン基、テトラメチレン基、1,1−エチレン基、2,2−プロピレン基、フルオレン−9,9−ジイル基等が挙げられ、炭素数1~16の2価の炭化水素基が好ましい。 Examples of the divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms include a methylene group, a dimethylene group, a trimethylene group, a tetramethylene group, a 1,1-ethylene group, a 2,2-propylene group, and a fluorene-9,9-diyl group. A divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms is preferable.
 化合物(I)の熱的安定性の点で、Lは、炭素数1~16の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であることが好ましく、原料の入手の観点から、下記式(L21)~式(L24)のいずれかで表される基であることがより好ましく、式(L21)~式(L23)のいずれかで表される基であることがさらに好ましく、式(L21)または式(L22)で表される基が特に好ましい。なお、下記式中、●は結合手を表す。 From the viewpoint of thermal stability of the compound (I), L is preferably a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group. From the viewpoint of obtaining raw materials, the following formula (L21) to A group represented by any one of formulas (L24) is more preferred, a group represented by any one of formulas (L21) to (L23) is more preferred, and formula (L21) or formula (L The group represented by L22) is particularly preferred. In the following formula, ● represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000026
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000026
 式(I)中、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、好ましくは酸素原子である。Xが酸素原子である化合物(I)を含む着色剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタは明度が高い傾向がある。 In formula (I), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, preferably an oxygen atom. A color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing a compound (I) in which X is an oxygen atom tends to have high brightness.
 式(I)中、R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH)、スルファモイル基(−SONH)、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。 In formula (I), R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or formyl. Represents a group, an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or A carbonyl group may be substituted, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group includes a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), and —SO 3. M, -CO 2 M, hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 20, R 1 If There there exist a plurality to which may be the same or may be different.
 Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。アルカリ金属原子としては、ナトリウム原子およびカリウム原子が挙げられる。Mは、好ましくは水素原子である。 M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different. Examples of the alkali metal atom include a sodium atom and a potassium atom. M is preferably a hydrogen atom.
 ハロゲン原子としては、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子およびヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom include a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
 炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基としては、
メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、イソプロペニル基、1−プロペニル基、2−プロペニル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec−ブチル基、tert−ブチル基、2−エチル−1−ブチル基、2−ブテニル基、1,3−ブタジエニル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、3−ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert−ペンチル基、1−メチル−1−ペンチル基、2−メチル−1−ペンチル基、2−ペンテニル基、3−エチル−1−ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、5−メチル−1−ヘキシル基、2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、3−エチル−1−ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、オクダデシル基等の脂肪族炭化水素基;
シクロプロピル基、シクロブチル基、シクロペンチル基、シクロヘキシル基、シクロヘキセニル基、シクロヘプチル基、1−メチルシクロヘキシル基、2−メチルシクロヘキシル基、3−メチルシクロヘキシル基、4−メチルシクロヘキシル基、1,2−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、1,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、1,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,5−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,6−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,5−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,2−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、4,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,4,6−トリメチルシクロヘキシル基、2,2,6,6−テトラメチルシクロヘキシル基、3,3,5,5−テトラメチルシクロヘキシル基等の脂環式炭化水素基;
フェニル基、o−トリル基、m−トリル基、p−トリル基、2,3−ジメチルフェニル基、2,4−ジメチルフェニル基、2,5−ジメチルフェニル基、2,6−ジメチルフェニル基、3,4−ジメチルフェニル基、3,5−ジメチルフェニル基、メシチル基、o−クメニル基、m−クメニル基、p−クメニル基、2,6−ジ(2−プロピル)フェニル基、1−ナフチル基、2−ナフチル基、ビフェニル基等の芳香族炭化水素基;および、
シクロヘキシルメチル基、ベンジル基、フェネチル基等の前記の二つ以上の基を組み合わせることにより形成される基が挙げられる。
As the monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms,
Methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, isopropenyl group, 1-propenyl group, 2-propenyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl group 2-butenyl group, 1,3-butadienyl group, pentyl group, isopentyl group, 3-pentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-pentenyl group, 3-ethyl-1-pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, 5-methyl-1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, heptyl group, 3-ethyl-1-heptyl group, An aliphatic hydrocarbon group such as an octyl group, a nonyl group, a decyl group, an undecyl group, a dodecyl group, an octadecyl group;
Cyclopropyl group, cyclobutyl group, cyclopentyl group, cyclohexyl group, cyclohexenyl group, cycloheptyl group, 1-methylcyclohexyl group, 2-methylcyclohexyl group, 3-methylcyclohexyl group, 4-methylcyclohexyl group, 1,2-dimethyl Cyclohexyl group, 1,3-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 1,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,3-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl group 3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 3,3-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl group, 2,4,6-trimethylcyclohexyl group 2,2,6,6-tetramethyl-cyclohexyl, 3,3,5,5 alicyclic hydrocarbon group, such as tetramethyl cyclohexyl group;
Phenyl group, o-tolyl group, m-tolyl group, p-tolyl group, 2,3-dimethylphenyl group, 2,4-dimethylphenyl group, 2,5-dimethylphenyl group, 2,6-dimethylphenyl group, 3,4-dimethylphenyl group, 3,5-dimethylphenyl group, mesityl group, o-cumenyl group, m-cumenyl group, p-cumenyl group, 2,6-di (2-propyl) phenyl group, 1-naphthyl An aromatic hydrocarbon group such as a group, 2-naphthyl group, biphenyl group; and
Examples thereof include groups formed by combining two or more groups such as cyclohexylmethyl group, benzyl group and phenethyl group.
 かかる1価の炭化水素基を構成する−CH−が、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わった基、および、かかる1価の炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子が、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わった基としては、
メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基、イソプロポキシ基、ブトキシ基、イソブトキシ基、sec−ブトキシ基、tert−ブトキシ基、ペンチルオキシ基、(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)オキシ基等のアルコキシ基;
フェノキシ基等のアリールオキシ基;
ベンジルオキシ基等のアラルキルオキシ基;
アセチル基、エチルカルボニル基、プロピルカルボニル基、イソプロピルカルボニル基、イソプロペニルカルボニル基、1−プロペニルカルボニル基、2−プロペニルカルボニル基、ブチルカルボニル基、イソブチルカルボニル基、sec−ブチルカルボニル基、tert−ブチルカルボニル基、(1−エチル−1−ブチル)カルボニル基、(2−エチル−1−ブチル)カルボニル基、2−ブテニルカルボニル基、1,3−ブタジエニルカルボニル基、ペンチルカルボニル基、イソペンチルカルボニル基、3−ペンチルカルボニル基、ネオペンチルカルボニル基、tert−ペンチルカルボニル基、(1−メチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、(2−メチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、2−ペンテニルカルボニル基、(1−エチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、(3−エチル−1−ペンチル)カルボニル基、ヘキシルカルボニル基、イソヘキシルカルボニル基、(5−メチル−1−ヘキシル)カルボニル基、(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)カルボニル基、ヘプチルカルボニル基、(3−エチル−1−ヘプチル)カルボニル基、オクチルカルボニル基、ノニルカルボニル基、デシルカルボニル基、ウンデシルカルボニル基、ドデシルカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルメチルカルボニル基、シクロプロピルカルボニル基、シクロブチルカルボニル基、シクロペンチルカルボニル基、シクロヘキシルカルボニル基等のアシル基;
アセトキシ基、ベンゾイルオキシ基等のアシルオキシ基;
メトキシカルボニル基、エトキシカルボニル基、プロポキシカルボニル基等のアルコキシカルボニル基;
下記式(GL−1)~式(GL−8)で表される基(なお、下記式中、●は結合手を表わす。);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000027
A group in which —CH 2 — constituting the monovalent hydrocarbon group is replaced with an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and such a monovalent hydrocarbon group; Examples of the group in which the hydrogen atom contained is replaced with a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, or an amino group,
Alkoxy groups such as methoxy group, ethoxy group, propoxy group, isopropoxy group, butoxy group, isobutoxy group, sec-butoxy group, tert-butoxy group, pentyloxy group, (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) oxy group;
Aryloxy groups such as phenoxy groups;
An aralkyloxy group such as a benzyloxy group;
Acetyl group, ethylcarbonyl group, propylcarbonyl group, isopropylcarbonyl group, isopropenylcarbonyl group, 1-propenylcarbonyl group, 2-propenylcarbonyl group, butylcarbonyl group, isobutylcarbonyl group, sec-butylcarbonyl group, tert-butylcarbonyl Group, (1-ethyl-1-butyl) carbonyl group, (2-ethyl-1-butyl) carbonyl group, 2-butenylcarbonyl group, 1,3-butadienylcarbonyl group, pentylcarbonyl group, isopentylcarbonyl Group, 3-pentylcarbonyl group, neopentylcarbonyl group, tert-pentylcarbonyl group, (1-methyl-1-pentyl) carbonyl group, (2-methyl-1-pentyl) carbonyl group, 2-pentenylcarbonyl group, 1-ethyl-1 Pentyl) carbonyl group, (3-ethyl-1-pentyl) carbonyl group, hexylcarbonyl group, isohexylcarbonyl group, (5-methyl-1-hexyl) carbonyl group, (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) carbonyl group, Heptylcarbonyl group, (3-ethyl-1-heptyl) carbonyl group, octylcarbonyl group, nonylcarbonyl group, decylcarbonyl group, undecylcarbonyl group, dodecylcarbonyl group, cyclohexylmethylcarbonyl group, cyclopropylcarbonyl group, cyclobutylcarbonyl An acyl group such as a group, cyclopentylcarbonyl group, cyclohexylcarbonyl group;
An acyloxy group such as an acetoxy group or a benzoyloxy group;
Alkoxycarbonyl groups such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, and a propoxycarbonyl group;
Groups represented by the following formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-8) (in the following formula, ● represents a bond);
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000027
N−メチルカルバモイル基、N−エチルカルバモイル基、N−プロピルカルバモイル基、N−イソプロピルカルバモイル基、N−ブチルカルバモイル基、N−イソブチルカルバモイル基、N−sec−ブチルカルバモイル基、N−tert−ブチルカルバモイル基、N−ペンチルカルバモイル基、N−(1−エチル−1−プロピル)カルバモイル基、N−(1,1−ジメチル−1−プロピル)カルバモイル基、N−(1,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)カルバモイル基、N−(2,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)カルバモイル基、N−(1−メチル−1−ブチル)カルバモイル基、N−(2−メチル−1−ブチル)カルバモイル基、N−(3−メチル−1−ブチル)カルバモイル基、N−シクロペンチルカルバモイル基、N−ヘキシルカルバモイル基、N−(1,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)カルバモイル基、N−(3,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)カルバモイル基、N−ヘプチルカルバモイル基、N−(1−メチル−1−ヘキシル)カルバモイル基、N−(1,4−ジメチルペンチル)カルバモイル基、N−オクチルカルバモイル基、N−(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)カルバモイル基、N−(1,5−ジメチル−1−ヘキシル)カルバモイル基、N−(1,1,2,2−テトラメチル−1−ブチル)カルバモイル基等の一置換カルバモイル基; N-methylcarbamoyl group, N-ethylcarbamoyl group, N-propylcarbamoyl group, N-isopropylcarbamoyl group, N-butylcarbamoyl group, N-isobutylcarbamoyl group, N-sec-butylcarbamoyl group, N-tert-butylcarbamoyl Group, N-pentylcarbamoyl group, N- (1-ethyl-1-propyl) carbamoyl group, N- (1,1-dimethyl-1-propyl) carbamoyl group, N- (1,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) ) Carbamoyl group, N- (2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) carbamoyl group, N- (1-methyl-1-butyl) carbamoyl group, N- (2-methyl-1-butyl) carbamoyl group, N- (3-Methyl-1-butyl) carbamoyl group, N-cyclopentylcarbamoyl group, N-hexylcarba Yl group, N- (1,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) carbamoyl group, N- (3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) carbamoyl group, N-heptylcarbamoyl group, N- (1-methyl-1- (Hexyl) carbamoyl group, N- (1,4-dimethylpentyl) carbamoyl group, N-octylcarbamoyl group, N- (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) carbamoyl group, N- (1,5-dimethyl-1-hexyl) ) Monosubstituted carbamoyl groups such as carbamoyl group, N- (1,1,2,2-tetramethyl-1-butyl) carbamoyl group;
N,N−ジメチルカルバモイル基、N,N−エチルメチルカルバモイル基、N,N−ジエチルカルバモイル基、N,N−プロピルメチルカルバモイル基、N,N−イソプロピルメチルカルバモイル基、N,N−tert−ブチルメチルカルバモイル基、N,N−ブチルエチルカルバモイル基、N,N−ビス(1−メチル−1−プロピル)カルバモイル基、N,N−ヘプチルメチルカルバモイル基、N,N−ビス(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)カルバモイル基等の二置換カルバモイル基; N, N-dimethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-ethylmethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-diethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-propylmethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-isopropylmethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-tert-butyl Methylcarbamoyl group, N, N-butylethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-bis (1-methyl-1-propyl) carbamoyl group, N, N-heptylmethylcarbamoyl group, N, N-bis (2-ethyl-1) -Hexyl) disubstituted carbamoyl groups such as carbamoyl groups;
N−メチルスルファモイル基、N−エチルスルファモイル基、N−プロピルスルファモイル基、N−イソプロピルスルファモイル基、N−ブチルスルファモイル基、N−イソブチルスルファモイル基、N−sec−ブチルスルファモイル基、N−tert−ブチルスルファモイル基、N−ペンチルスルファモイル基、N−(1−エチル−1−プロピル)スルファモイル基、N−(1,1−ジメチル−1−プロピル)スルファモイル基、N−(1,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)スルファモイル基、N−(2,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)スルファモイル基、N−(1−メチル−1−ブチル)スルファモイル基、N−(2−メチルブチル)スルファモイル基、N−(3−メチル−1−ブチル)スルファモイル基、N−シクロペンチルスルファモイル基、N−ヘキシルスルファモイル基、N−(1,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)スルファモイル基、N−(3,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)スルファモイル基、N−ヘプチルスルファモイル基、N−(1−メチル−1−ヘキシル)スルファモイル基、N−(1,4−ジメチル−1−ペンチル)スルファモイル基、N−オクチルスルファモイル基、N−(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)スルファモイル基、N−(1,5−ジメチル−1−ヘキシル)スルファモイル基、N−(1,1,2,2−テトラメチル−1−ブチル)スルファモイル基等の一置換スルファモイル基; N-methylsulfamoyl group, N-ethylsulfamoyl group, N-propylsulfamoyl group, N-isopropylsulfamoyl group, N-butylsulfamoyl group, N-isobutylsulfamoyl group, N- sec-butylsulfamoyl group, N-tert-butylsulfamoyl group, N-pentylsulfamoyl group, N- (1-ethyl-1-propyl) sulfamoyl group, N- (1,1-dimethyl-1 -Propyl) sulfamoyl group, N- (1,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) sulfamoyl group, N- (2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) sulfamoyl group, N- (1-methyl-1-butyl) sulfamoyl Group, N- (2-methylbutyl) sulfamoyl group, N- (3-methyl-1-butyl) sulfamoyl group, N-cyclopentylsulfa Yl group, N-hexylsulfamoyl group, N- (1,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) sulfamoyl group, N- (3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) sulfamoyl group, N-heptylsulfamoyl group N- (1-methyl-1-hexyl) sulfamoyl group, N- (1,4-dimethyl-1-pentyl) sulfamoyl group, N-octylsulfamoyl group, N- (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) Monosubstituted sulfamoyl groups such as a sulfamoyl group, an N- (1,5-dimethyl-1-hexyl) sulfamoyl group, an N- (1,1,2,2-tetramethyl-1-butyl) sulfamoyl group;
N,N−ジメチルスルファモイル基、N,N−エチルメチルスルファモイル基、N,N−ジエチルスルファモイル基、N,N−プロピルメチルスルファモイル基、N,N−イソプロピルメチルスルファモイル基、N,N−tert−ブチルメチルスルファモイル基、N,N−ブチルエチルスルファモイル基、N,N−ビス(1−メチル−1−プロピル)スルファモイル基、N,N−ヘプチルメチルスルファモイル基、N,N−ビス(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)スルファモイル基等の二置換スルファモイル基; N, N-dimethylsulfamoyl group, N, N-ethylmethylsulfamoyl group, N, N-diethylsulfamoyl group, N, N-propylmethylsulfamoyl group, N, N-isopropylmethylsulfa Moyl group, N, N-tert-butylmethylsulfamoyl group, N, N-butylethylsulfamoyl group, N, N-bis (1-methyl-1-propyl) sulfamoyl group, N, N-heptylmethyl Disubstituted sulfamoyl groups such as a sulfamoyl group and an N, N-bis (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) sulfamoyl group;
N−メチルアミノ基、N−エチルアミノ基、N−プロピルアミノ基、N−イソプロピルアミノ基、N−ブチルアミノ基、N−イソブチルアミノ基、N−sec−ブチルアミノ基、N−tert−ブチルアミノ基、N−ペンチルアミノ基、N−(1−エチル−1−プロピル)アミノ基、N−(1,1−ジメチル−1−プロピル)アミノ基、N−(1,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)アミノ基、N−(2,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)アミノ基、N−(1−メチル−1−ブチル)アミノ基、N−(2−メチル−1−ブチル)アミノ基、N−(3−メチル−1−ブチル)アミノ基、N−シクロペンチルアミノ基、N−ヘキシルアミノ基、N−(1,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)アミノ基、N−(3,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)アミノ基、N−ヘプチルアミノ基、N−(1−メチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノ基、N−(1,4−ジメチル−1−ペンチル)アミノ基、N−オクチルアミノ基、N−(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノ基、N−(1,5−ジメチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノ基、N−(1,1,2,2−テトラメチル−1−ブチル)アミノ基等のN−アルキルアミノ基;
N,N−ジメチルアミノ基、N,N−エチルメチルアミノ基、N,N−ジエチルアミノ基、N,N−プロピルメチルアミノ基、N,N−イソプロピルメチルアミノ基、N,N−tert−ブチルメチルアミノ基、N,N−ブチルエチルアミノ基、N,N−ビス(1−メチル−1−プロピル)アミノ基、N,N−ヘプチルメチルアミノ基、N,N−ビス(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノ基等のN,N−ジアルキルアミノ基;
N-methylamino group, N-ethylamino group, N-propylamino group, N-isopropylamino group, N-butylamino group, N-isobutylamino group, N-sec-butylamino group, N-tert-butylamino Group, N-pentylamino group, N- (1-ethyl-1-propyl) amino group, N- (1,1-dimethyl-1-propyl) amino group, N- (1,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) ) Amino group, N- (2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) amino group, N- (1-methyl-1-butyl) amino group, N- (2-methyl-1-butyl) amino group, N- (3-methyl-1-butyl) amino group, N-cyclopentylamino group, N-hexylamino group, N- (1,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) amino group, N- (3,3-dimethyl-1 -Butyl) amino group, N-he Tylamino group, N- (1-methyl-1-hexyl) amino group, N- (1,4-dimethyl-1-pentyl) amino group, N-octylamino group, N- (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) N-alkylamino groups such as amino group, N- (1,5-dimethyl-1-hexyl) amino group, N- (1,1,2,2-tetramethyl-1-butyl) amino group;
N, N-dimethylamino group, N, N-ethylmethylamino group, N, N-diethylamino group, N, N-propylmethylamino group, N, N-isopropylmethylamino group, N, N-tert-butylmethyl Amino group, N, N-butylethylamino group, N, N-bis (1-methyl-1-propyl) amino group, N, N-heptylmethylamino group, N, N-bis (2-ethyl-1- Hexyl) N, N-dialkylamino groups such as amino groups;
N−メチルアミノメチル基、N−エチルアミノメチル基、N−プロピルアミノメチル基、N−イソプロピルアミノメチル基、N−ブチルアミノメチル基、N−イソブチルアミノメチル基、N−sec−ブチルアミノメチル基、N−tert−ブチルアミノメチル基、N−ペンチルアミノメチル基、N−(1−エチル−1−プロピル)アミノメチル基、N−(1,1−ジメチル−1−プロピル)アミノメチル基、N−(1,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)アミノメチル基、N−(2,2−ジメチル−1−プロピル)アミノメチル基、N−(1−メチル−1−ブチル)アミノメチル基、N−(2−メチル−1−ブチル)アミノメチル基、N−(3−メチル−1−ブチル)アミノメチル基、N−シクロペンチルアミノメチル基、N−ヘキシルアミノメチル基、N−(1,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)アミノメチル基、N−(3,3−ジメチル−1−ブチル)アミノメチル基、N−ヘプチルアミノメチル基、N−(1−メチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノメチル基、N−(1,4−ジメチル−1−ペンチル)アミノメチル基、N−オクチルアミノメチル基、N−(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノメチル基、N−(1,5−ジメチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノメチル基、N−(1,1,2,2−テトラメチル−1−ブチル)アミノメチル基等のN−アルキルアミノメチル基;
N,N−ジメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−エチルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ジエチルアミノメチル基、N,N−プロピルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−イソプロピルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−tert−ブチルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ブチルエチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ビス(1−メチル−1−プロピル)アミノメチル基、N,N−ヘプチルメチルアミノメチル基、N,N−ジ(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)アミノメチル基等のN,N−ジアルキルアミノメチル基;
N-methylaminomethyl group, N-ethylaminomethyl group, N-propylaminomethyl group, N-isopropylaminomethyl group, N-butylaminomethyl group, N-isobutylaminomethyl group, N-sec-butylaminomethyl group N-tert-butylaminomethyl group, N-pentylaminomethyl group, N- (1-ethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N- (1,1-dimethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N -(1,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N- (2,2-dimethyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N- (1-methyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N- (2-methyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N- (3-methyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N-cyclopentylaminomethyl group, N-hexylamino Til group, N- (1,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N- (3,3-dimethyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group, N-heptylaminomethyl group, N- (1-methyl) -1-hexyl) aminomethyl group, N- (1,4-dimethyl-1-pentyl) aminomethyl group, N-octylaminomethyl group, N- (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) aminomethyl group, N- N-alkylaminomethyl groups such as (1,5-dimethyl-1-hexyl) aminomethyl group and N- (1,1,2,2-tetramethyl-1-butyl) aminomethyl group;
N, N-dimethylaminomethyl group, N, N-ethylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N-diethylaminomethyl group, N, N-propylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N-isopropylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N -Tert-butylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N-butylethylaminomethyl group, N, N-bis (1-methyl-1-propyl) aminomethyl group, N, N-heptylmethylaminomethyl group, N, N -N, N-dialkylaminomethyl group such as di (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) aminomethyl group;
トリフルオロメチル基、ペルフルオロエチル基、ペルフルオロプロピル基、ペルフルオロイソプロピル基、ペルフルオロイソプロペニル基、ペルフルオロ(1−プロペニル)基、ペルフルオロ(2−プロペニル)基、ペルフルオロブチル基、ペルフルオロイソブチル基、ペルフルオロ(sec−ブチル)基、ペルフルオロ(tert−ブチル)基、ペルフルオロ(2−ブテニル)基、ペルフルオロ(1,3−ブタジエニル)基、ペルフルオロペンチル基、ペルフルオロ(イソペンチル)基、ペルフルオロ(3−ペンチル)基、ペルフルオロネオペンチル基、ペルフルオロ(tert−ペンチル)基、ペルフルオロ(1−メチルペンチル)基、ペルフルオロ(2−メチル−1−ペンチル)基、ペルフルオロ(2−ペンテニル)基、ペルフルオロヘキシル基、ペルフルオロイソヘキシル基、ペルフルオロ(5−メチル−1−ヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロヘプチル基、ペルフルオロオクチル基、ペルフルオロノニル基、ペルフルオロデシル基、ペルフルオロウンデシル基、ペルフルオロドデシル基、ペルフルオロオクタデシル基等のフッ素原子を有する脂肪族炭化水素基; Trifluoromethyl group, perfluoroethyl group, perfluoropropyl group, perfluoroisopropyl group, perfluoroisopropenyl group, perfluoro (1-propenyl) group, perfluoro (2-propenyl) group, perfluorobutyl group, perfluoroisobutyl group, perfluoro (sec- Butyl) group, perfluoro (tert-butyl) group, perfluoro (2-butenyl) group, perfluoro (1,3-butadienyl) group, perfluoropentyl group, perfluoro (isopentyl) group, perfluoro (3-pentyl) group, perfluoroneo Pentyl group, perfluoro (tert-pentyl) group, perfluoro (1-methylpentyl) group, perfluoro (2-methyl-1-pentyl) group, perfluoro (2-pentenyl) group, perfluoro Xyl group, perfluoroisohexyl group, perfluoro (5-methyl-1-hexyl) group, perfluoro (2-ethyl-1-hexyl) group, perfluoroheptyl group, perfluorooctyl group, perfluorononyl group, perfluorodecyl group, perfluoroun An aliphatic hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom such as a decyl group, a perfluorododecyl group, or a perfluorooctadecyl group;
ペルフルオロシクロプロピル基、ペルフルオロシクロブチル基、ペルフルオロシクロペンチル基、ペルフルオロシクロヘキシル基、ペルフルオロシクロヘキセニル基、ペルフルオロシクロヘプチル基、ペルフルオロ(1−メチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2−メチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(3−メチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(4−メチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(1,2−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(1,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(1,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2,5−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2,6−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(3,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(3,5−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2,2−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(3,3−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(4,4−ジメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2,4,6−トリメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(2,2,6,6−テトラメチルシクロヘキシル)基、ペルフルオロ(3,3,5,5−テトラメチルシクロヘキシル)基等のフッ素原子を有する脂環式炭化水素基; Perfluorocyclopropyl group, perfluorocyclobutyl group, perfluorocyclopentyl group, perfluorocyclohexyl group, perfluorocyclohexenyl group, perfluorocycloheptyl group, perfluoro (1-methylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2-methylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (3- Methylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (4-methylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (1,2-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (1,3-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (1,4-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2 , 3-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2,4-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2,5-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2,6-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (3,4-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (3,5-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2,2-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (3,3-dimethyl) Cyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (4,4-dimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2,4,6-trimethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (2,2,6,6-tetramethylcyclohexyl) group, perfluoro (3,3,3) An alicyclic hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom such as a 5,5-tetramethylcyclohexyl) group;
ペルフルオロフェニル基、ペルフルオロ(o−トリル)基、ペルフルオロ(m−トリル)基、ペルフルオロ(p−トリル)基、ペルフルオロキシリル基、ペルフルオロメシチル基、ペルフルオロ(o−クメニル)基、ペルフルオロ(m−クメニル)基、ペルフルオロ(p−クメニル)基、ペルフルオロベンジル基、ペルフルオロフェネチル基、ペルフルオロビフェニリル基、ペルフルオロ(1−ナフチル)基、ペルフルオロ(2−ナフチル)基、1−トリフルオロメチルフェニル基、2−トリフルオロメチルフェニル基、3−トリフルオロメチルフェニル基、4−トリフルオロメチルフェニル基等のフッ素原子を有する芳香族炭化水素基; Perfluorophenyl group, perfluoro (o-tolyl) group, perfluoro (m-tolyl) group, perfluoro (p-tolyl) group, perfluoroxylyl group, perfluoromesityl group, perfluoro (o-cumenyl) group, perfluoro (m- Cumenyl) group, perfluoro (p-cumenyl) group, perfluorobenzyl group, perfluorophenethyl group, perfluorobiphenylyl group, perfluoro (1-naphthyl) group, perfluoro (2-naphthyl) group, 1-trifluoromethylphenyl group, 2 -An aromatic hydrocarbon group having a fluorine atom such as a trifluoromethylphenyl group, a 3-trifluoromethylphenyl group, or a 4-trifluoromethylphenyl group;
ペルフルオロメトキシ基、ペルフルオロエトキシ基、ペルフルオロプロポキシ基、ペルフルオロ(イソプロポキシ)基、ペルフルオロブトキシ基、ペルフルオロ(イソブトキシ)基、ペルフルオロ(sec−ブトキシ)基、ペルフルオロ(tert−ブトキシ)基、ペルフルオロペンチルオキシ基、ペルフルオロフェノキシ基、ペルフルオロベンジルオキシ基、2,2,2−トリフルオロエトキシ基、(ペルフルオロエチル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロプロピル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(イソプロピル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(イソプロペニル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(1−プロペニル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(2−プロペニル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロブチル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(イソブチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(sec−ブチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(tert−ブチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(2−ブテニル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(1,3−ブタジエニル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロペンチル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(イソペンチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(3−ペンチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(ネオペンチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(tert−ペンチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(1−メチル−1−ペンチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(2−メチルペンチル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(2−ペンテニル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロヘキシル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(イソヘキシル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(5−メチル−1−ヘキシル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロ(2−エチル−1−ヘキシル))メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロヘプチル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロオクチル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロノニル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロデシル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロウンデシル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロドデシル)メトキシ基、(ペルフルオロオクタデシル)メトキシ基等のフッ素原子を有する置換オキシ基; Perfluoromethoxy group, perfluoroethoxy group, perfluoropropoxy group, perfluoro (isopropoxy) group, perfluorobutoxy group, perfluoro (isobutoxy) group, perfluoro (sec-butoxy) group, perfluoro (tert-butoxy) group, perfluoropentyloxy group, Perfluorophenoxy group, perfluorobenzyloxy group, 2,2,2-trifluoroethoxy group, (perfluoroethyl) methoxy group, (perfluoropropyl) methoxy group, (perfluoro (isopropyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (isopropenyl)) Methoxy group, (perfluoro (1-propenyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (2-propenyl)) methoxy group, (perfluorobutyl) methoxy group, (perfluoro (iso (Til)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (sec-butyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (tert-butyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (2-butenyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (1,3-butadienyl)) methoxy Group, (perfluoropentyl) methoxy group, (perfluoro (isopentyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (3-pentyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (neopentyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (tert-pentyl)) methoxy group, Perfluoro (1-methyl-1-pentyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (2-methylpentyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (2-pentenyl)) methoxy group, (perfluorohexyl) methoxy group, (perfluoro (isohexyl)) A methoxy group, Fluoro (5-methyl-1-hexyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoro (2-ethyl-1-hexyl)) methoxy group, (perfluoroheptyl) methoxy group, (perfluorooctyl) methoxy group, (perfluorononyl) methoxy group, A substituted oxy group having a fluorine atom such as (perfluorodecyl) methoxy group, (perfluoroundecyl) methoxy group, (perfluorododecyl) methoxy group, (perfluorooctadecyl) methoxy group;
2,3−ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニルメチル基、2,4−ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニルメチル基、2,5−ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニルメチル基、2,6−ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニルメチル基、3,4−ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニルメチル基、3,5−ビス(トリフルオロメチル)フェニルメチル基等が挙げられる。 2,3-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenylmethyl group, 2,4-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenylmethyl group, 2,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenylmethyl group, 2,6-bis (trifluoro) And methyl) phenylmethyl group, 3,4-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenylmethyl group, 3,5-bis (trifluoromethyl) phenylmethyl group, and the like.
 R~R11およびR13は、水素原子であることが好ましい。 R 7 to R 11 and R 13 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 R12は、水素原子、−SOMまたは−COMであることが好ましく、水素原子または−SOMであることがより好ましく、水素原子であることが特に好ましい。 R 12 is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M, more preferably a hydrogen atom or —SO 3 M, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom.
 式(I)中、Zは、下記式(Z1)で表される基または下記式(Z2)で表される基を表わす(下記式中、*は結合手を表わす。)。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000028
In formula (I), Z represents a group represented by the following formula (Z1) or a group represented by the following formula (Z2) (in the following formula, * represents a bond).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000028
 式(Z1)中、Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい。かかるアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec−ブチル基、tert−ブチル基、2−エチル−1−ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、3−ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert−ペンチル基、1−メチル−1−ペンチル基、2−メチル−1−ペンチル基、3−エチル−1−ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、5−メチル−1−ヘキシル基、2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基、3−エチル−1−ヘプチル基、オクチル基、ノニル基、デシル基、ウンデシル基、ドデシル基、オクタデシル基等が挙げられ、炭素数1~16のアルキル基が好ましい。 In formula (Z1), R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom. Such alkyl groups include methyl, ethyl, propyl, isopropyl, butyl, isobutyl, sec-butyl, tert-butyl, 2-ethyl-1-butyl, pentyl, isopentyl, 3 -Pentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 3-ethyl-1-pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, 5-methyl-1 -Hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, heptyl group, 3-ethyl-1-heptyl group, octyl group, nonyl group, decyl group, undecyl group, dodecyl group, octadecyl group, etc. ~ 16 alkyl groups are preferred.
 これらアルキル基を構成する−CH−が酸素原子に置き換わった基としては、上記式(GL−1)~式(GL−8)で表される基が挙げられる。 Examples of the group in which —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group is replaced by an oxygen atom include groups represented by the above formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8).
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、化合物(I)の溶媒への溶解性の観点から、式(Z1)におけるRは、好ましくは炭素数1~16のアルキル基または式(GL−1)~式(GL−8)のいずれかで表される基であり、より好ましくは炭素数1~8のアルキル基または式(GL−1)~式(GL−8)のいずれかで表される基であり、さらに好ましくは炭素数2~8のアルキル基(例えば、エチル基、ブチル基、2−エチル−1ヘキシル基、1−オクチル基等)または式(GL−1)~式(GL−6)のいずれかで表される基であり、特に好ましくは炭素数2~4のアルキル基または式(GL−1)~式(GL−4)のいずれかで表される基である。 When L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound (I) in the solvent, the formula R 1 in (Z1) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably 1 to 8 or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, an ethyl group, a butyl group, 2 -Ethyl-1 hexyl group, 1-octyl group, etc.) or a group represented by any of formulas (GL-1) to (GL-6), particularly preferably an alkyl group having 2 to 4 carbon atoms or It is a group represented by any one of formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-4).
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、化合物(I)の溶媒への溶解性の観点から、式(Z1)におけるRは、好ましくは炭素数1~16のアルキル基または式(GL−1)~式(GL−8)のいずれかで表される基であり、より好ましくは炭素数4~12のアルキル基または式(GL−1)~式(GL−8)のいずれかで表される基であり、さらに好ましくは炭素数6~10のアルキル基(例えば、2−エチル−1ヘキシル基、1−オクチル基等)または式(GL−3)~式(GL−8)のいずれかで表される基であり、特に好ましくは炭素数6~10のアルキル基または式(GL−3)~式(GL−6)のいずれかで表される基である。 When L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent, R 1 in the formula (Z1) is preferably an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms or a group represented by any one of the formulas (GL-1) to (GL-8), more preferably 4 carbon atoms. Or a group represented by any of formula (GL-1) to formula (GL-8), more preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms (for example, 2-ethyl-1hexyl). Group, 1-octyl group, etc.) or a group represented by any of the formulas (GL-3) to (GL-8), particularly preferably an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms or the formula (GL-3). ) To a group represented by any of formulas (GL-6).
 式(Z1)中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよい。R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。
 R~Rとしては、前記R~R13と同様のものが挙げられる。R30も、R14と同様のものが挙げられる。
In formula (Z1), R 2 to R 6 each independently represent a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or formyl. Represents a group, an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or A carbonyl group may be substituted, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, or a formyl group. Or it may be replaced by an amino group. R 30 represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when a plurality of R 30 are present, they may be the same or different, and M is hydrogen An atom or an alkali metal atom is represented, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different.
Examples of R 2 to R 6 include the same as R 7 to R 13 . R 30 may be the same as R 14 .
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、化合物(I)の溶媒への溶解性の観点から、式(Z1)におけるRは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基であり、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、2−プロピル基またはtert−ブチル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子またはメチル基である。Rがこれらの基である化合物(I)を含む着色剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタは明度が高い傾向がある。 When L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound (I) in the solvent, the formula R 2 in (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, A methyl group, an ethyl group, a 2-propyl group or a tert-butyl group, particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group. A color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 2 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、化合物(I)の溶媒への溶解性の観点から、式(Z1)におけるRは、好ましくは水素原子、−SOM、−COMまたは炭素数1~8のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、1−プロピル基、2−プロピル基、1−ブチル基、tert−ブチル基、1−ヘキシル基、2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基、1−オクチル基等)であり、より好ましくは水素原子、−SOM、−COMまたは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくは水素原子またはメチル基である。 When L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound (I) in the solvent, the formula R 4 in (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 1-propyl group, a 2-propyl group, 1-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, 1-octyl group, etc.), more preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M or carbon It is an alkyl group having a number of 1 to 4, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、Rは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基であり、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくは水素原子、メチル基、エチル基、2−プロピル基またはtert−ブチル基であり、特に好ましくは水素原子またはメチル基である。Rがこれらの基である化合物(I)を含む着色剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタは明度が高い傾向がある。 When L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom or 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, still more preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 2-propyl group or a tert-butyl group, A hydrogen atom or a methyl group is preferable. A color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 6 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、RおよびRは、好ましくは水素原子である。 When L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、化合物(I)の溶媒への溶解性の観点から、式(Z1)におけるRは、好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基であり、より好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくはメチル基、エチル基または2−プロピル基であり、特に好ましくはメチル基である。Rがこれらの基である化合物(I)を含む着色剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタは明度が高い傾向がある。 When L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent, R 2 in formula (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom or an aliphatic hydrocarbon group having 1 to 10 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and further preferably a methyl group. , An ethyl group or a 2-propyl group, particularly preferably a methyl group. A color filter formed from a colored curable resin composition containing a colorant containing compound (I) in which R 2 is any of these groups tends to have high brightness.
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、化合物(I)の溶媒への溶解性の観点から、式(Z1)におけるRは、好ましくは水素原子、−SOM、−COMまたは炭素数1~8のアルキル基(例えば、メチル基、エチル基、1−プロピル基、2−プロピル基、1−ブチル基、tert−ブチル基、1−ヘキシル基、2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基、1−オクチル基等)であり、より好ましくは水素原子、−SOM、−COMまたは炭素数1~4のアルキル基であり、さらに好ましくは水素原子またはメチル基である。 When L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), from the viewpoint of solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent, R 4 in formula (Z1) is preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, or an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms (for example, a methyl group, an ethyl group, a 1-propyl group, a 2-propyl group) 1-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 1-hexyl group, 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, 1-octyl group and the like, more preferably a hydrogen atom, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M or An alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、Rは、好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~10の脂肪族炭化水素基、−SOMまたは−COMであり、より好ましくは水素原子、炭素数1~4のアルキル基または−SOMであり、特に好ましくは水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基である。 When L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group, and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), R 6 is preferably a hydrogen atom, having 1 to 10 carbon atoms. An aliphatic hydrocarbon group, —SO 3 M or —CO 2 M, more preferably a hydrogen atom, an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms or —SO 3 M, and particularly preferably a hydrogen atom or carbon number 1. It is an alkyl group of ~ 4.
 Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であるとき、RおよびRは、好ましくは水素原子である。 When L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group, and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), R 3 and R 5 are preferably hydrogen atoms.
 式(Z1)における下記式
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000029
で表わされる基の具体例としては、下記式(PHK−1)~(PHK−31)で表される基が挙げられる。下記式中、●は結合手を表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
The following formula in formula (Z1)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000029
Specific examples of the group represented by the formulas include groups represented by the following formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-31). In the following formula, ● represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000030
 式(Z2)中、Arは、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わす。炭素数1~8のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec−ブチル基、tert−ブチル基、2−エチル−1−ブチル基、ペンチル基、イソペンチル基、3−ペンチル基、ネオペンチル基、tert−ペンチル基、1−メチル−1−ペンチル基、2−メチル−1−ペンチル基、3−エチル−1−ペンチル基、ヘキシル基、イソヘキシル基、5−メチル−1−ヘキシル基、2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基、ヘプチル基およびオクチル基が挙げられ、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましく、炭素数1~4のアルキル基がより好ましい。
 オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基とは、2つのオルト位の少なくとも一方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を意味する。メタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基とは、2つのメタ位の少なくとも一方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を意味する。オルト位とメタ位の両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基とは、2つのオルト位の少なくとも一方および2つのメタ位の少なくとも一方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を意味する。
In the formula (Z2), Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both. Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, isobutyl group, sec-butyl group, tert-butyl group, 2-ethyl-1-butyl group, and pentyl group. , Isopentyl group, 3-pentyl group, neopentyl group, tert-pentyl group, 1-methyl-1-pentyl group, 2-methyl-1-pentyl group, 3-ethyl-1-pentyl group, hexyl group, isohexyl group, Examples thereof include a 5-methyl-1-hexyl group, a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, a heptyl group, and an octyl group. An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable, and an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms is more preferable.
The phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions. The phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the meta position means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of the two meta positions. A phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in both ortho and meta positions means a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in at least one of two ortho positions and at least one of two meta positions. Means group.
 Arは、好ましくはオルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である。 Ar 1 is preferably a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
 Arは、炭素数1~8のアルキル基以外の置換基を有していてもよい。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子(フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子、ヨウ素原子等)、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基およびアミノ基が挙げられ、−SOMおよび−COMが好ましい。 Ar 1 may have a substituent other than an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom (fluorine atom, chlorine atom, bromine atom, iodine atom, etc.), cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group and include amino group, -SO 3 M and -CO 2 M is preferred.
 Arの具体例としては、下記式(PHK−1)~(PHK−10)および式(PHK−13)~(PHK−29)で表される基が挙げられる。下記式中、●は結合手を表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
Specific examples of Ar 1 include groups represented by the following formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-10) and formulas (PHK-13) to (PHK-29). In the following formula, ● represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000031
 化合物(I)としては、下記表1~表3に示す式(IA)で表される化合物またはそのアルカリ金属塩、下記表4~表5に示す式(IB)で表される化合物またはそのアルカリ金属塩、下記表6~表19に示す式(IAA)で表される化合物またはそのアルカリ金属塩、および下記表20~表28に示す式(IAB)で表される化合物またはそのアルカリ金属塩が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000032
 なお、下記表1~表5中、「L1」は式(L1)で表される基を表わし、「O」は酸素原子を表わし、「S」は硫黄原子を表わし、「Me」はメチル基を表わし、「Et」はエチル基を表わし、「Bu」はブチル基を表わし、「Hex」はヘキシル基を表わし、「EHx」は2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基を表わし、「Oct」はオクチル基を表わし、「GL1」は式(GL−1)で表される基を表わし、「GL2」は式(GL−2)で表される基を表わし、「GL3」は式(GL−3)で表される基を表わし、「GL5」は式(GL−5)で表される基を表わし、「H」は水素原子を表わし、「SA」は−SOHを表わし、「CA」は−COHを表わし、「PHK−1」~「PHK−16」はそれぞれ式(PHK−1)~式(PHK−16)で表される基を表わす。
As the compound (I), compounds represented by the formula (IA) shown in the following Tables 1 to 3 or alkali metal salts thereof, compounds represented by the formula (IB) shown in the following Tables 4 to 5 or alkalis thereof A metal salt, a compound represented by the formula (IAA) shown in the following Tables 6 to 19 or an alkali metal salt thereof, and a compound represented by the formula (IAB) shown in the following Tables 20 to 28 or an alkali metal salt thereof. Can be mentioned.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000032
In Tables 1 to 5, “L1” represents a group represented by the formula (L1), “O” represents an oxygen atom, “S” represents a sulfur atom, and “Me” represents a methyl group. "Et" represents an ethyl group, "Bu" represents a butyl group, "Hex" represents a hexyl group, "EHx" represents a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, and "Oct" represents an octyl group. “GL1” represents a group represented by the formula (GL-1), “GL2” represents a group represented by the formula (GL-2), and “GL3” represents a formula (GL-3). in represents a group represented by the "GL5" represents a group represented by the formula (GL5), "H" represents a hydrogen atom, "SA" represents -SO 3 H, "CA" is —CO 2 H, and “PHK-1” to “PHK-16” are represented by the formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-16), respectively. ) Represents a group represented by
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000033
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000034
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000035
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000036
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000037
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000038
 下記表6~表19中、「L21」は式(L21)で表される基を表わし、「L22」は式(L22)で表される基を表わし、「L23」は式(L23)で表される基を表わし、「L24」は式(L24)で表される基を表わし、「O」は酸素原子を表わし、「S」は硫黄原子を表わし、「Me」はメチル基を表わし、「Et」はエチル基を表わし、「Bu」はブチル基を表わし、「Hex」はヘキシル基を表わし、「EHx」は2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基を表わし、「Oct」はオクチル基を表わし、「MB」は3−メチル−1−ブチル基を表わし、「DC」はドデシル基を表わし、「GL1」は式(GL−1)で表される基を表わし、「GL2」は式(GL−2)で表される基を表わし、「GL3」は式(GL−3)で表される基を表わし、「GL5」は式(GL−5)で表される基を表わし、「H」は水素原子を表わし、「SA」は−SOHを表わし、「CA」は−COHを表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000038
In Tables 6 to 19, “L21” represents a group represented by Formula (L21), “L22” represents a group represented by Formula (L22), and “L23” represents a group represented by Formula (L23). “L24” represents a group represented by the formula (L24), “O” represents an oxygen atom, “S” represents a sulfur atom, “Me” represents a methyl group, “Et” represents an ethyl group, “Bu” represents a butyl group, “Hex” represents a hexyl group, “EHx” represents a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, “Oct” represents an octyl group, “MB” represents a 3-methyl-1-butyl group, “DC” represents a dodecyl group, “GL1” represents a group represented by the formula (GL-1), and “GL2” represents a formula (GL— 2) represents a group represented by "GL3" represents a group represented by the formula (GL-3). , “GL5” represents a group represented by the formula (GL-5), “H” represents a hydrogen atom, “SA” represents —SO 3 H, and “CA” represents —CO 2 H.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000039
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000040
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000041
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000042
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000043
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000044
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000045
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000046
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000047
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000048
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000049
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000050
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000051
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000052
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000053
 なお、下記表20~表28中、「L21」は式(L21)で表される基を表わし、「L22」は式(L22)で表される基を表わし、「L23」は式(L23)で表される基を表わし、「L24」は式(L24)で表される基を表わし、「O」は酸素原子を表わし、「S」は硫黄原子を表わし、「H」は水素原子を表わし、「SA」は−SOHを表わし、「CA」は−COHを表わし、「PHK−1」~「PHK−16」はそれぞれ式(PHK−1)~式(PHK−16)で表される基を表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000053
In Tables 20 to 28 below, “L21” represents a group represented by Formula (L21), “L22” represents a group represented by Formula (L22), and “L23” represents Formula (L23). "L24" represents a group represented by the formula (L24), "O" represents an oxygen atom, "S" represents a sulfur atom, and "H" represents a hydrogen atom. , “SA” represents —SO 3 H, “CA” represents —CO 2 H, and “PHK-1” to “PHK-16” are represented by formulas (PHK-1) to (PHK-16), respectively. Represents the group represented.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000054
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000055
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000056
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000057
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000058
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000059
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000060
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000061
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000062
 化合物(I)としては、下記表29に示す式(IA’)で表される化合物またはそのアルカリ金属塩もが挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000063
 なお、下記表29中、「L1」は式(L1)で表される基を表わし、「O」は酸素原子を表わし、「Me」はメチル基を表わし、「Et」はエチル基を表わし、「Bu」はブチル基を表わし、「Hex」はヘキシル基を表わし、「EHx」は2−エチル−1−ヘキシル基を表わし、「Oct」はオクチル基を表わし、「GL1」は式(GL−1)で表される基を表わし、「GL2」は式(GL−2)で表される基を表わし、「GL3」は式(GL−3)で表される基を表わし、「GL5」は式(GL−5)で表される基を表わし、「H」は水素原子を表わす。
Examples of the compound (I) include compounds represented by the formula (IA ′) shown in the following Table 29 or alkali metal salts thereof.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000063
In Table 29 below, “L1” represents a group represented by the formula (L1), “O” represents an oxygen atom, “Me” represents a methyl group, “Et” represents an ethyl group, “Bu” represents a butyl group, “Hex” represents a hexyl group, “EHx” represents a 2-ethyl-1-hexyl group, “Oct” represents an octyl group, and “GL1” represents the formula (GL— 1) represents a group represented by formula (GL-2), “GL3” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3), and “GL5” represents a group represented by formula (GL-3). The group represented by the formula (GL-5) is represented, and “H” represents a hydrogen atom.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000064
 例えば、化合物(I−2)は、下記式(I−2)で示される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000065
For example, compound (I-2) is a compound represented by the following formula (I-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000065
 例えば、化合物(IA−1)は、下記式(IA−1)で示される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000066
For example, compound (IA-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IA-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000066
 例えば、化合物(IB−1)は、下記式(IB−1)で示される化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000067
For example, compound (IB-1) is a compound represented by the following formula (IB-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000067
 Lが炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基である化合物(I)の中でも、溶媒へ化合物(I)の溶解性および着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタの明度の観点から、化合物(I−1)、化合物(I−2)、化合物(I−5)、化合物(I−6)、化合物(I−9)、化合物(I−10)、化合物(I−13)、化合物(I−14)、化合物(I−17)、化合物(I−18)、化合物(I−21)、化合物(I−22)、化合物(I−25)、化合物(I−26)、化合物(I−29)、化合物(I−30)、化合物(I−65)、化合物(I−66)、化合物(I−67)、化合物(I−68)、化合物(I−69)、化合物(I−70)、化合物(I−71)、化合物(I−72)、化合物(I−73)、化合物(I−74)、化合物(I−75)、化合物(I−76)、化合物(I−77)、化合物(I−78)、化合物(I−79)、化合物(I−80)、化合物(I−81)~化合物(I−100)、化合物(I−141)、化合物(I−144)、化合物(I−145)~化合物(I−166)、化合物(I−4)、化合物(I−8)、化合物(I−12)、化合物(I−16)、化合物(I−20)、化合物(I−24)、化合物(I−28)、化合物(I−32)および化合物(I−142)が好ましく、
化合物(I−1)、化合物(I−2)、化合物(I−5)、化合物(I−6)、化合物(I−13)、化合物(I−14)、化合物(I−17)、化合物(I−18)、化合物(I−21)、化合物(I−22)、化合物(I−25)、化合物(I−26)、化合物(I−45)、化合物(I−46)、化合物(I−49)、化合物(I−50)、化合物(I−65)、化合物(I−66)、化合物(I−69)、化合物(I−70)、化合物(I−73)、化合物(I−74)、化合物(I−77)、化合物(I−78)および化合物(I−81)~化合物(I−92)、化合物(I−141)、化合物(I−144)、化合物(I−145)~化合物(I−148)、化合物(I−151)~化合物(I−158)、化合物(I−161)~化合物(I−166)、化合物(I−4)、化合物(I−8)、化合物(I−16)、化合物(I−20)、化合物(I−24)、化合物(I−28)および化合物(I−142)がより好ましく、
化合物(I−1)、化合物(I−2)、化合物(I−5)、化合物(I−6)、化合物(I−21)、化合物(I−22)、化合物(I−25)、化合物(I−26)、化合物(I−65)、化合物(I−66)、化合物(I−73)、化合物(I−74)、化合物(I−81)、化合物(I−82)、化合物(I−141)、化合物(I−144)、化合物(I−145)~化合物(I−148)、化合物(I−153)~化合物(I−158)、化合物(I−4)、化合物(I−8)、化合物(I−24)、化合物(I−28)および化合物(I−142)がさらに好ましく、
化合物(I−1)および化合物(I−2)が特に好ましい。
Among the compounds (I) in which L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, the solubility of the compound (I) in the solvent and the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition From the viewpoint, compound (I-1), compound (I-2), compound (I-5), compound (I-6), compound (I-9), compound (I-10), compound (I-13) ), Compound (I-14), Compound (I-17), Compound (I-18), Compound (I-21), Compound (I-22), Compound (I-25), Compound (I-26) , Compound (I-29), Compound (I-30), Compound (I-65), Compound (I-66), Compound (I-67), Compound (I-68), Compound (I-69), Compound (I-70), Compound (I-71), Compound (I-72), Compound (I-73), Compound ( I-74), Compound (I-75), Compound (I-76), Compound (I-77), Compound (I-78), Compound (I-79), Compound (I-80), Compound (I -81) to Compound (I-100), Compound (I-141), Compound (I-144), Compound (I-145) to Compound (I-166), Compound (I-4), Compound (I- 8), Compound (I-12), Compound (I-16), Compound (I-20), Compound (I-24), Compound (I-28), Compound (I-32) and Compound (I-142) Is preferred,
Compound (I-1), Compound (I-2), Compound (I-5), Compound (I-6), Compound (I-13), Compound (I-14), Compound (I-17), Compound (I-18), Compound (I-21), Compound (I-22), Compound (I-25), Compound (I-26), Compound (I-45), Compound (I-46), Compound ( I-49), Compound (I-50), Compound (I-65), Compound (I-66), Compound (I-69), Compound (I-70), Compound (I-73), Compound (I -74), Compound (I-77), Compound (I-78) and Compound (I-81) to Compound (I-92), Compound (I-141), Compound (I-144), Compound (I- 145) to Compound (I-148), Compound (I-151) to Compound (I-158), Compound (I-161) Compound (I-166), Compound (I-4), Compound (I-8), Compound (I-16), Compound (I-20), Compound (I-24), Compound (I-28) and Compound (I-142) is more preferable,
Compound (I-1), Compound (I-2), Compound (I-5), Compound (I-6), Compound (I-21), Compound (I-22), Compound (I-25), Compound (I-26), Compound (I-65), Compound (I-66), Compound (I-73), Compound (I-74), Compound (I-81), Compound (I-82), Compound ( I-141), Compound (I-144), Compound (I-145) to Compound (I-148), Compound (I-153) to Compound (I-158), Compound (I-4), Compound (I -8), compound (I-24), compound (I-28) and compound (I-142) are more preferred,
Compound (I-1) and compound (I-2) are particularly preferred.
 Lが炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが式(Z1)で表わされる基である化合物(I)の中でも、溶媒への化合物(I)の溶解性および着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタの明度の観点から、化合物(IA−1)、化合物(IA−2)、化合物(IA−5)、化合物(IA−6)、化合物(IA−9)、化合物(IA−10)、化合物(IA−13)、化合物(IA−14)、化合物(IA−17)、化合物(IA−18)、化合物(IA−21)、化合物(IA−22)、化合物(IA−25)、化合物(IA−26)、化合物(IA−29)、化合物(IA−30)、化合物(IA−33)、化合物(IA−34)、化合物(IA−37)、化合物(IA−38)、化合物(IA−41)、化合物(IA−42)、化合物(IA−45)、化合物(IA−46)、化合物(IA−49)、化合物(IA−50)、化合物(IA−53)、化合物(IA−54)、化合物(IA−57)、化合物(IA−58)、化合物(IA−61)、化合物(IA−62)、化合物(IA−65)、化合物(IA−66)、化合物(IA−69)、化合物(IA−70)、化合物(IA−73)、化合物(IA−74)、化合物(IA−77)、化合物(IA−78)、化合物(IA−81)、化合物(IA−82)、化合物(IA−85)、化合物(IA−86)、化合物(IA−89)、化合物(IA−90)、化合物(IA−93)、化合物(IA−94)、化合物(IA−97)、化合物(IA−98)、化合物(IA−101)、化合物(IA−102)、化合物(IA−105)、化合物(IA−106)、化合物(IA−109)、化合物(IA−110)、化合物(IA−113)、化合物(IA−114)、化合物(IA−117)、化合物(IA−118)、化合物(IA−121)、化合物(IA−122)、化合物(IA−125)、化合物(IA−126)、化合物(IA−257)、化合物(IA−259)、化合物(IA−261)、化合物(IA−262)、化合物(IA−264)、化合物(IA−266)、化合物(IA−267)、化合物(IA−269)、化合物(IA−271)、化合物(IA−272)、化合物(IA−274)、化合物(IA−276)、化合物(IA−277)、化合物(IA−279)、化合物(IA−281)、化合物(IA−282)、化合物(IA−284)、化合物(IA−286)、化合物(IA−287)、化合物(IA−289)、化合物(IA−291)、化合物(IA−292)、化合物(IA−294)、化合物(IA−296)、化合物(IA−301)、化合物(IA−302)、化合物(IA−305)、化合物(IA−306)、化合物(IA−309)、化合物(IA−310)、化合物(IA−313)、化合物(IA−314)および化合物(IA−333)~化合物(IA−404)が好ましく、
化合物(IA−9)、化合物(IA−10)、化合物(IA−13)、化合物(IA−14)、化合物(IA−17)、化合物(IA−18)、化合物(IA−25)、化合物(IA−26)、化合物(IA−29)、化合物(IA−30)、化合物(IA−41)、化合物(IA−42)、化合物(IA−45)、化合物(IA−46)、化合物(IA−49)、化合物(IA−50)、化合物(IA−57)、化合物(IA−58)、化合物(IA−61)、化合物(IA−62)、化合物(IA−73)、化合物(IA−74)、化合物(IA−77)、化合物(IA−78)、化合物(IA−81)、化合物(IA−82)、化合物(IA−89)、化合物(IA−90)、化合物(IA−93)、化合物(IA−94)、化合物(IA−105)、化合物(IA−106)、化合物(IA−109)、化合物(IA−110)、化合物(IA−113)、化合物(IA−114)、化合物(IA−121)、化合物(IA−122)、化合物(IA−125)、化合物(IA−126)、化合物(IA−257)、化合物(IA−259)、化合物(IA−261)、化合物(IA−262)、化合物(IA−264)、化合物(IA−266)、化合物(IA−267)、化合物(IA−269)、化合物(IA−271)、化合物(IA−272)、化合物(IA−274)、化合物(IA−276)、化合物(IA−277)、化合物(IA−279)、化合物(IA−281)、化合物(IA−282)、化合物(IA−284)、化合物(IA−286)、化合物(IA−287)、化合物(IA−289)、化合物(IA−291)、化合物(IA−292)、化合物(IA−294)、化合物(IA−296)、化合物(IA−301)、化合物(IA−302)、化合物(IA−305)、化合物(IA−306)、化合物(IA−309)、化合物(IA−310)、化合物(IA−313)、化合物(IA−314)および化合物(IA−333)~化合物(IA−404)がより好ましく、
化合物(IA−13)、化合物(IA−14)、化合物(IA−17)、化合物(IA−18)、化合物(IA−45)、化合物(IA−46)、化合物(IA−49)、化合物(IA−50)、化合物(IA−77)、化合物(IA−78)、化合物(IA−81)、化合物(IA−82)、化合物(IA−109)、化合物(IA−110)、化合物(IA−113)、化合物(IA−114)、化合物(IA−257)、化合物(IA−259)、化合物(IA−261)、化合物(IA−262)、化合物(IA−264)、化合物(IA−266)、化合物(IA−277)、化合物(IA−279)、化合物(IA−281)、化合物(IA−282)、化合物(IA−284)、化合物(IA−286)および化合物(IA−301)~化合物(IA−330)および化合物(IA−333)~化合物(IA−404)がさらに好ましく、
化合物(IA−13)、化合物(IA−14)、化合物(IA−17)、化合物(IA−18)、化合物(IA−45)、化合物(IA−46)、化合物(IA−49)および化合物(IA−50)が特に好ましい。
Among the compounds (I) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), the solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent and From the viewpoint of the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition, Compound (IA-1), Compound (IA-2), Compound (IA-5), Compound (IA-6), Compound (IA-) 9), Compound (IA-10), Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-21), Compound (IA-22) ), Compound (IA-25), Compound (IA-26), Compound (IA-29), Compound (IA-30), Compound (IA-33), Compound (IA-34), Compound (IA-37) , Compound (IA-38), Compound (IA-41) , Compound (IA-42), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound (IA-49), Compound (IA-50), Compound (IA-53), Compound (IA-54), Compound (IA-57), Compound (IA-58), Compound (IA-61), Compound (IA-62), Compound (IA-65), Compound (IA-66), Compound (IA-69), Compound (IA-70), Compound (IA-73), Compound (IA-74), Compound (IA-77), Compound (IA-78), Compound (IA-81), Compound (IA-82), Compound ( IA-85), Compound (IA-86), Compound (IA-89), Compound (IA-90), Compound (IA-93), Compound (IA-94), Compound (IA-97), Compound (IA) -98), compound (IA-101), Compound (IA-102), Compound (IA-105), Compound (IA-106), Compound (IA-109), Compound (IA-110), Compound (IA-113), Compound (IA-114), Compound (IA-117), Compound (IA-118), Compound (IA-121), Compound (IA-122), Compound (IA-125), Compound (IA-126), Compound (IA-257), Compound ( IA-259), Compound (IA-261), Compound (IA-262), Compound (IA-264), Compound (IA-266), Compound (IA-267), Compound (IA-269), Compound (IA) -271), Compound (IA-272), Compound (IA-274), Compound (IA-276), Compound (IA-277), Compound (IA-279), Compound (IA-281) , Compound (IA-282), Compound (IA-284), Compound (IA-286), Compound (IA-287), Compound (IA-289), Compound (IA-291), Compound (IA-292), Compound (IA-294), Compound (IA-296), Compound (IA-301), Compound (IA-302), Compound (IA-305), Compound (IA-306), Compound (IA-309), Compound (IA-310), compound (IA-313), compound (IA-314) and compound (IA-333) to compound (IA-404) are preferred,
Compound (IA-9), Compound (IA-10), Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-25), Compound (IA-26), Compound (IA-29), Compound (IA-30), Compound (IA-41), Compound (IA-42), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound ( IA-49), Compound (IA-50), Compound (IA-57), Compound (IA-58), Compound (IA-61), Compound (IA-62), Compound (IA-73), Compound (IA) -74), Compound (IA-77), Compound (IA-78), Compound (IA-81), Compound (IA-82), Compound (IA-89), Compound (IA-90), Compound (IA- 93), compound (IA-94), compound ( A-105), Compound (IA-106), Compound (IA-109), Compound (IA-110), Compound (IA-113), Compound (IA-114), Compound (IA-121), Compound (IA) -122), Compound (IA-125), Compound (IA-126), Compound (IA-257), Compound (IA-259), Compound (IA-261), Compound (IA-262), Compound (IA- H.264), Compound (IA-266), Compound (IA-267), Compound (IA-269), Compound (IA-271), Compound (IA-272), Compound (IA-274), Compound (IA-276) ), Compound (IA-277), Compound (IA-279), Compound (IA-281), Compound (IA-282), Compound (IA-284), Compound (IA-286), Compound (IA-287), Compound (IA-289), Compound (IA-291), Compound (IA-292), Compound (IA-294), Compound (IA-296), Compound (IA-301), Compound (IA-302), Compound (IA-305), Compound (IA-306), Compound (IA-309), Compound (IA-310), Compound (IA-313), Compound (IA-314) and Compound ( IA-333) to Compound (IA-404) are more preferable,
Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound (IA-49), Compound (IA-50), Compound (IA-77), Compound (IA-78), Compound (IA-81), Compound (IA-82), Compound (IA-109), Compound (IA-110), Compound ( IA-113), Compound (IA-114), Compound (IA-257), Compound (IA-259), Compound (IA-261), Compound (IA-262), Compound (IA-264), Compound (IA) -266), Compound (IA-277), Compound (IA-279), Compound (IA-281), Compound (IA-282), Compound (IA-284), Compound (IA-286) and Compound (IA- 01) - Compound (IA-330) and compound (IA-333) - Compound (IA-404) are more preferred,
Compound (IA-13), Compound (IA-14), Compound (IA-17), Compound (IA-18), Compound (IA-45), Compound (IA-46), Compound (IA-49) and Compound (IA-50) is particularly preferred.
 Lが炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが式(Z2)で表わされる基である化合物(I)の中でも、溶媒への化合物(I)の溶解性および着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタの明度の観点から、化合物(IB−1)、化合物(IB−2)、化合物(IB−3)、化合物(IB−4)、化合物(IB−5)、化合物(IB−6)、化合物(IB−7)、化合物(IB−8)、化合物(IB−9)、化合物(IB−10)、化合物(IB−11)、化合物(IB−12)、化合物(IB−13)、化合物(IB−14)、化合物(IB−15)、化合物(IB−16)、化合物(IB−17)、化合物(IB−18)、化合物(IB−19)、化合物(IB−20)、化合物(IB−31)、化合物(IB−32)、化合物(IB−33)、化合物(IB−34)、化合物(IB−35)、化合物(IB−36)、化合物(IB−37)、化合物(IB−38)、化合物(IB−39)、化合物(IB−40)、化合物(IB−41)、化合物(IB−42)、化合物(IB−43)、化合物(IB−44)、化合物(IB−45)、化合物(IB−46)、化合物(IB−47)、化合物(IB−48)、化合物(IB−49)および化合物(IB−50)が好ましく、化合物(IB−1)、化合物(IB−2)、化合物(IB−3)、化合物(IB−4)、化合物(IB−5)、化合物(IB−6)、化合物(IB−7)、化合物(IB−8)、化合物(IB−9)、化合物(IB−10)、化合物(IB−11)、化合物(IB−12)、化合物(IB−31)、化合物(IB−32)、化合物(IB−33)、化合物(IB−34)、化合物(IB−35)、化合物(IB−36)、化合物(IB−37)、化合物(IB−38)、化合物(IB−39)、化合物(IB−40)、化合物(IB−41)および化合物(IB−42)がより好ましく、
化合物(IB−1)、化合物(IB−2)、化合物(IB−31)および化合物(IB−32)がさらに好ましい。
Among the compounds (I) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group and Z is a group represented by the formula (Z2), the solubility of the compound (I) in a solvent and From the viewpoint of the brightness of the color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition, the compound (IB-1), the compound (IB-2), the compound (IB-3), the compound (IB-4), and the compound (IB- 5), Compound (IB-6), Compound (IB-7), Compound (IB-8), Compound (IB-9), Compound (IB-10), Compound (IB-11), Compound (IB-12) ), Compound (IB-13), Compound (IB-14), Compound (IB-15), Compound (IB-16), Compound (IB-17), Compound (IB-18), Compound (IB-19) , Compound (IB-20), Compound (IB-31), Compound (IB-32), Compound (IB-33), Compound (IB-34), Compound (IB-35), Compound (IB-36), Compound (IB-37), Compound (IB-38), Compound ( IB-39), Compound (IB-40), Compound (IB-41), Compound (IB-42), Compound (IB-43), Compound (IB-44), Compound (IB-45), Compound (IB) -46), compound (IB-47), compound (IB-48), compound (IB-49) and compound (IB-50) are preferred, compound (IB-1), compound (IB-2), compound ( IB-3), Compound (IB-4), Compound (IB-5), Compound (IB-6), Compound (IB-7), Compound (IB-8), Compound (IB-9), Compound (IB) -10), compound (IB-11), compound (IB-1) ), Compound (IB-31), Compound (IB-32), Compound (IB-33), Compound (IB-34), Compound (IB-35), Compound (IB-36), Compound (IB-37) , Compound (IB-38), Compound (IB-39), Compound (IB-40), Compound (IB-41) and Compound (IB-42) are more preferable,
More preferred are compound (IB-1), compound (IB-2), compound (IB-31) and compound (IB-32).
 化合物(I)のうち、Lが炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基であり、Zが式(Z1)で表される基または式(Z2)で表わされる基である化合物、すなわち、下記式(Ia−1)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(Ia−1)と記載することがある)および下記式(Ia−2)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(Ia−2)と記載することがある)は新規な化合物であり、熱安定性が高く、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の着色剤成分として好適である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000068
(式(Ia−1)中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わし、XおよびR~R13は上記と同一の意味を表わし、Zは、式(Z1)で表される基を表わす。)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000069
(式(Ia−2)中、L、XおよびR~R13は上記と同一の意味を表わしZは、式(Z2)で表される基を表わす。)
Compound (I) wherein L is a divalent hydrocarbon group or sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and Z is a group represented by formula (Z1) or a group represented by formula (Z2) That is, a compound represented by the following formula (Ia-1) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (Ia-1)) and a compound represented by the following formula (Ia-2) (hereinafter referred to as compound (Ia-1)) -2) is a novel compound, has high thermal stability, and is suitable as a colorant component of a colored curable resin composition.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000068
(In the formula (Ia-1), L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X and R 7 ~ R 13 are the same meaning as described above Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).)
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000069
(In formula (Ia-2), L a , X and R 7 to R 13 represent the same meaning as described above, and Z b represents a group represented by formula (Z2).)
 化合物(Ia−1)の中でも、Rが炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい化合物(Ia−1)が好ましく、Rが、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である化合物(Ia−1)がより好ましい。
 化合物(Ia−2)の中でも、Arが、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である化合物(Ia−2)が好ましく、Arが、オルト位にメチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位にメチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基を有するフェニル基である化合物(Ia−2)がより好ましい。
Among the compounds (Ia-1), R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group is preferably a compound (Ia-1) which may be replaced with an oxygen atom. Compound (Ia-1) in which R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms is more preferred.
Among the compounds (Ia-2), Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. A certain compound (Ia-2) is preferable, and Ar 1 is a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position, or a phenyl group having a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group at the ortho position and the meta position. The compound (Ia-2) which is is more preferable.
 化合物(I)は、式(II)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(II)と記載することがある。)と式(III)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(III)と記載することがある。)とを、塩基の存在下に反応させることにより製造することができる。なお、Lが炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基である化合物(II)、すなわち、下記式(IIa)で表される化合物、および、化合物(III)はいずれも新規な化合物である。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000070
(式中、L、L、X、Z、R~RおよびR11~R13は、上記と同一の意味を表わし、R15およびR16は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わす。)
Compound (I) is a compound represented by formula (II) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (II)) and a compound represented by formula (III) (hereinafter referred to as compound (III)). May be produced by reacting in the presence of a base. The compound (II) in which L is a divalent hydrocarbon group or sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, that is, the compound represented by the following formula (IIa) and the compound (III) are both novel. A compound.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000070
(In the formula, L, L a , X, Z, R 7 to R 9 and R 11 to R 13 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represent 1 to Represents 20 alkyl groups.)
 R15およびR16で示される炭素数1~20のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、イソブチル基、sec−ブチル基、tert−ブチル基等が挙げられ、炭素数1~6のアルキル基が好ましい。R15およびR16は好ましくは同一の基である。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms represented by R 15 and R 16 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, an isopropyl group, a butyl group, an isobutyl group, a sec-butyl group, and a tert-butyl group. An alkyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms is preferable. R 15 and R 16 are preferably the same group.
 塩基としては、トリエチルアミン、ピペリジン等の有機塩基が挙げられ、その使用量は、化合物(II)1モルに対して、通常0.1モル~20モルである。
 化合物(III)の使用量は、化合物(II)1モルに対して、通常2モル~10モルであり、好ましくは2モル~4モルである。
Examples of the base include organic bases such as triethylamine and piperidine, and the amount used is usually 0.1 to 20 mol with respect to 1 mol of compound (II).
The amount of compound (III) to be used is generally 2 to 10 mol, preferably 2 to 4 mol, per 1 mol of compound (II).
 化合物(II)と化合物(III)との反応は、通常溶媒の存在下に実施され、溶媒としては、アセトニトリル等のニトリル溶媒、メタノール、エタノール、2−プロパノール、1−ブタノール、1−ペンタノール、1−オクタノール等のアルコール溶媒、テトラヒドロフラン等のエーテル溶媒、アセトン等のケトン溶媒、酢酸エチル等のエステル溶媒、ヘキサン等の脂肪族炭化水素溶媒、トルエン等の芳香族炭化水素溶媒、塩化メチレン、クロロホルム等のハロゲン化炭化水素溶媒、および、N,N−ジメチルホルムアルデヒド、N−メチルピロリドン等のアミド溶媒が挙げられ、ニトリル溶媒、アルコール溶媒および芳香族炭化水素溶媒が好ましく、アセトニトリル、メタノールおよびトルエンがより好ましい。その使用量は、化合物(II)1質量部に対して、通常1質量部~50質量部である。
 反応温度は、通常0℃~200℃であり、0℃~150℃が好ましい。反応時間は、通常0.5時間~36時間である。
 反応終了後、例えば、化合物(I)が溶解し難い溶媒と得られた反応混合物とを混合し、濾過することにより、化合物(I)を取り出すことができる。
The reaction between compound (II) and compound (III) is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent. Examples of the solvent include nitrile solvents such as acetonitrile, methanol, ethanol, 2-propanol, 1-butanol, 1-pentanol, Alcohol solvents such as 1-octanol, ether solvents such as tetrahydrofuran, ketone solvents such as acetone, ester solvents such as ethyl acetate, aliphatic hydrocarbon solvents such as hexane, aromatic hydrocarbon solvents such as toluene, methylene chloride, chloroform, etc. And amide solvents such as N, N-dimethylformaldehyde and N-methylpyrrolidone, nitrile solvents, alcohol solvents and aromatic hydrocarbon solvents are preferable, and acetonitrile, methanol and toluene are more preferable. . The amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (II).
The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C. to 200 ° C., preferably 0 ° C. to 150 ° C. The reaction time is usually 0.5 hours to 36 hours.
After completion of the reaction, for example, the compound (I) can be taken out by mixing a solvent in which the compound (I) is difficult to dissolve with the obtained reaction mixture and filtering.
 化合物(III)は、式(IV)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(IV)と記載することがある。)とホルミル化剤とを反応させることにより製造することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000071
(式中、ZおよびR~Rは、上記と同一の意味を表わす。)
Compound (III) can be produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (IV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IV)) with a formylating agent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000071
(In the formula, Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above.)
 ホルミル化剤としては、塩化ホスホリルが挙げられる、その使用量は、化合物(IV)1モルに対して、通常1~5モルである。
 化合物(IV)とホルミル化剤との反応は、通常溶媒の存在下に実施され、溶媒としては、N,N−ジメチルホルムアミドが挙げられる。その使用量は、化合物(IV)1質量部に対して、通常1質量部~10質量部である。
 反応温度は、通常0℃~100℃であり、反応時間は、通常0.5時間~24時間である。
 反応終了後、例えば、反応混合物を中和した後、酢酸エチル等の水に不溶の有機溶媒で抽出し、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(III)を取り出すことができる。
An example of the formylating agent is phosphoryl chloride. The amount used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (IV).
The reaction of compound (IV) with a formylating agent is usually carried out in the presence of a solvent, and examples of the solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide. The amount to be used is usually 1 part by mass to 10 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (IV).
The reaction temperature is usually from 0 ° C to 100 ° C, and the reaction time is usually from 0.5 hours to 24 hours.
After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture is neutralized, extracted with an organic solvent insoluble in water such as ethyl acetate, and the resulting organic layer is concentrated to extract compound (III).
 化合物(IV)は、式(V)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(V)と記載することがある。)と三臭化ホウ素とを反応させ、次いで加水分解することにより、製造することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000072
(式中、ZおよびR~Rは、上記と同一の意味を表わし、R17は炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表わす。)
Compound (IV) is produced by reacting a compound represented by formula (V) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (V)) with boron tribromide, followed by hydrolysis. Can do.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000072
(In the formula, Z and R 7 to R 9 represent the same meaning as described above, and R 17 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
 炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基およびブチル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
 三臭化ホウ素の使用量は、化合物(V)1モルに対して、通常1~5モルである。
 化合物(V)と三臭化ホウ素との反応は、通常溶媒中で実施され、溶媒としては、ジクロロメタン等のハロゲン化炭化水素溶媒が挙げられる。溶媒の使用量は、化合物(V)1質量部に対して、通常1~50質量部である。
 反応温度は、通常−78℃~50℃であり、反応時間は、通常1~24時間である。
 反応終了後、例えば、反応混合物と水とを混合した後、分液し、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(IV)を取り出すことができる。
The amount of boron tribromide to be used is usually 1 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (V).
The reaction of compound (V) with boron tribromide is usually carried out in a solvent, and examples of the solvent include halogenated hydrocarbon solvents such as dichloromethane. The amount of the solvent to be used is generally 1-50 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (V).
The reaction temperature is usually −78 ° C. to 50 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 24 hours.
After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture and water are mixed and then separated, and the resulting organic layer can be concentrated to take out the compound (IV).
 Zが式(Z1)である化合物(V)は、例えば、式(VI)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(VI)と記載することがある。)と式(VII)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(VII)と記載することがある。)とを、パラジウム触媒および塩基の存在下に反応させることにより、製造することができる。 The compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z1) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (VI) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (VI)) and a compound represented by the formula (VII). (Hereinafter, may be referred to as compound (VII)) in the presence of a palladium catalyst and a base.
 Zが式(Z1)である化合物(V)は、例えば、式(VIII)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(VIII)と記載することがある。)と式(IX)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(IX)と記載することがある。)とを、塩基の存在下に反応させることにより、製造することもできる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000073
(式中、R~RおよびR17は、上記と同一の意味を表わし、XおよびXはそれぞれ独立して、ハロゲン原子、メタンスルホニルオキシ基、トルエンスルホニルオキシ基またはトリフルオロメタンスルホニルオキシ基を表わす。)
The compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z1) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (VIII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (VIII)) and a compound represented by the formula (IX). (Hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (IX)) can also be produced by reacting in the presence of a base.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000073
(Wherein R 1 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 2 and X 3 each independently represent a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group, or trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy. Represents a group.)
 XおよびXで表されるハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子、臭素原子およびヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by X 2 and X 3 include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
 化合物(VI)と化合物(VII)との反応は、公知の芳香族ハロゲン化物のアミノ化方法(例えば、J.Org.Chem.2003,68,1163−1164等)に準じて実施することができる。具体的には、酢酸パラジウム(II)等のパラジウム触媒と、リン系配位子(例えば、2,8,9−トリイソプロピル−2,5,8,9−テトラアザ−1−ホスファビシクロ[3.3.3]ウンデカン等)と、カリウムtert−ブトキシド等の塩基と、化合物(VI)と、化合物(VII)と、トルエン等の溶媒とを混合することにより反応を行なうことができる。反応温度は、通常50℃~150℃であり、反応時間は、通常0.5~24時間である。反応終了後、例えば、反応混合物と水とを混合し、有機層を分離し、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(V)を取り出すことができる。 The reaction between compound (VI) and compound (VII) can be carried out according to a known method for amination of an aromatic halide (for example, J. Org. Chem. 2003, 68, 1163-1164, etc.). . Specifically, a palladium catalyst such as palladium (II) acetate and a phosphorus-based ligand (for example, 2,8,9-triisopropyl-2,5,8,9-tetraaza-1-phosphabicyclo [3 3.3] undecane, etc.), a base such as potassium tert-butoxide, compound (VI), compound (VII), and a solvent such as toluene can be mixed to carry out the reaction. The reaction temperature is usually 50 ° C. to 150 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 24 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the compound (V) can be taken out by mixing the reaction mixture and water, separating the organic layer, and concentrating the obtained organic layer.
 化合物(VIII)と化合物(IX)との反応は、公知のアミン化合物のアルキル化方法(例えば、J.Org.Chem.2011,76,8015−8021等)に準じて実施することができる。具体的には、トリエチルアミン、水素化ナトリウム、ナトリウムメトキシド、カリウムtert−ブトキシド、水酸化ナトリウム、水酸化カリウム等の塩基と、化合物(VIII)と、化合物(IX)と、ジメチルスルホキシド等の溶媒とを混合することにより反応を行なうことができる。反応温度は、通常0℃~100℃であり、反応時間は、通常0.5~72時間である。反応終了後、例えば、反応混合物と水と、必要に応じて、水に不溶の有機溶媒とを混合し、有機層を分離し、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(V)を取り出すことができる。 The reaction of compound (VIII) and compound (IX) can be carried out according to a known alkylation method of an amine compound (for example, J. Org. Chem. 2011, 76, 8015-8021 etc.). Specifically, a base such as triethylamine, sodium hydride, sodium methoxide, potassium tert-butoxide, sodium hydroxide, potassium hydroxide, a compound (VIII), a compound (IX), a solvent such as dimethyl sulfoxide, The reaction can be carried out by mixing. The reaction temperature is usually 0 ° C. to 100 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 72 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture, water and, if necessary, an organic solvent insoluble in water are mixed, the organic layer is separated, and the obtained organic layer is concentrated to obtain the compound (V). It can be taken out.
 Zが式(Z2)である化合物(V)は、例えば、式(XV)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(XV)と記載することがある。)と式(XVI)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(XVI)と記載することがある。)とを反応させることにより、製造することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000074
(式中、Ar、R~RおよびR17は、上記と同一の意味を表わし、Xは、ハロゲン原子、メタンスルホニルオキシ基、トルエンスルホニルオキシ基またはトリフルオロメタンスルホニルオキシ基を表わす。)
The compound (V) in which Z is the formula (Z2) is, for example, a compound represented by the formula (XV) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as the compound (XV)) and a compound represented by the formula (XVI). (Hereinafter, it may be described as the compound (XVI)).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000074
(In the formula, Ar 1 , R 7 to R 9 and R 17 represent the same meaning as described above, and X 3 represents a halogen atom, a methanesulfonyloxy group, a toluenesulfonyloxy group or a trifluoromethanesulfonyloxy group. )
 Xで表されるハロゲン原子としては、塩素原子、臭素原子およびヨウ素原子が挙げられる。 Examples of the halogen atom represented by X 3 include a chlorine atom, a bromine atom and an iodine atom.
 化合物(XV)と化合物(XVI)との反応は、公知の芳香族アミンと芳香族ハロゲン化物とのカップリング反応(例えば、J.Mater.Chem.1997,7,2343−2354等)に準じて実施することができる。具体的には、銅と、炭酸カリウム等の塩基と、化合物(XV)と、化合物(XVI)と、ジクロロベンゼン等の溶媒とを混合することにより反応を行なうことができる。反応は、18−クラウン−6等の相間移動触媒の共存下に実施してもよい。化合物(XVI)の使用量は、化合物(XV)1モルに対して、通常2~5モルである。反応温度は、通常50℃~200℃であり、反応時間は、通常0.5~96時間である。反応終了後、例えば、反応混合物をろ過した後、酸で洗浄し、有機層を得、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(V)を取り出すことができる。 The reaction between the compound (XV) and the compound (XVI) is carried out according to a known coupling reaction between an aromatic amine and an aromatic halide (for example, J. Mater. Chem. 1997, 7, 2343-2354, etc.). Can be implemented. Specifically, the reaction can be carried out by mixing copper, a base such as potassium carbonate, compound (XV), compound (XVI), and a solvent such as dichlorobenzene. The reaction may be carried out in the presence of a phase transfer catalyst such as 18-crown-6. The amount of compound (XVI) to be used is generally 2 to 5 mol per 1 mol of compound (XV). The reaction temperature is usually 50 ° C. to 200 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 0.5 to 96 hours. After completion of the reaction, for example, the reaction mixture is filtered, washed with an acid to obtain an organic layer, and the resulting organic layer is concentrated to extract the compound (V).
 化合物(II)は、式(X)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(X)と記載することがある。)と式(XI)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(XI)と記載することがある。)と式(XII)で表される化合物(以下、化合物(XII)と記載することがある。)とを、溶媒中で混合することにより、製造することができる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000075
(式中、R11~R13、R15、R16、LおよびXは上記と同一の意味を表わし、R20は、炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表わす。)
Compound (II) is a compound represented by formula (X) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (X)) and a compound represented by formula (XI) (hereinafter referred to as compound (XI)). And a compound represented by formula (XII) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as compound (XII)) in a solvent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000075
(Wherein R 11 to R 13 , R 15 , R 16 , L and X represent the same meaning as described above, and R 20 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms.)
 R20で表される炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基およびブチル基が挙げられる。 Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms represented by R 20 include a methyl group, an ethyl group, a propyl group, and a butyl group.
 化合物(XI)の使用量は、化合物(X)1モルに対して、通常1~2.5モル、好ましくは1~1.5モルである。化合物(XII)の使用量は、化合物(X)1モルに対して、通常1~2.5モル、好ましくは1~1.5モルである。化合物(XI)と化合物(XII)とは好ましくは同一の化合物であり、その使用量は、化合物(X)1モルに対して、通常2~5モル、好ましくは2~3モルである。
 溶媒としては、メタノール等のアルコール溶媒が挙げられ、その使用量は、化合物(X)1質量部に対して、通常1~100質量部である。
 反応温度は、通常−20℃~100℃であり、反応時間は、通常1~72時間である。
The amount of compound (XI) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X). The amount of compound (XII) to be used is generally 1 to 2.5 mol, preferably 1 to 1.5 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X). Compound (XI) and compound (XII) are preferably the same compound, and the amount used is usually 2 to 5 mol, preferably 2 to 3 mol, per 1 mol of compound (X).
Examples of the solvent include alcohol solvents such as methanol, and the amount used is usually 1 to 100 parts by mass with respect to 1 part by mass of compound (X).
The reaction temperature is usually −20 ° C. to 100 ° C., and the reaction time is usually 1 to 72 hours.
 反応終了後、例えば、必要に応じて、反応混合物と水とを混合した後、酢酸エチル等の水に不溶の有機溶媒で抽出し、得られた有機層を濃縮することにより、化合物(II)を取り出すことができる。また、反応終了後、例えば、必要に応じて、反応混合物と水またはメタノールとを混合した後、濾過することにより、化合物(II)を取り出すこともできる。 After completion of the reaction, for example, if necessary, the reaction mixture and water are mixed, and then extracted with an organic solvent insoluble in water such as ethyl acetate, and the obtained organic layer is concentrated to give compound (II). Can be taken out. Moreover, after completion | finish of reaction, after mixing a reaction mixture, water, or methanol as needed, for example, compound (II) can also be taken out by filtering.
 化合物(XI)および化合物(XII)は、例えば、J.Med.Chem.2012,55,3398−3413に記載の方法等の公知の方法に準じて製造することができる。 Compound (XI) and Compound (XII) are, for example, J. Med. Chem. It can be produced according to a known method such as the method described in 2012, 55, 3398-3413.
<着色剤>
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、着色剤を含み、該着色剤は化合物(I)を含む。着色剤(以下、「着色剤(A)」ということがある。)は、化合物(I)を有効成分として含有する。着色剤(A)は、化合物(I)のみからなってもよいし、化合物(I)以外の染料や顔料を含んでもよい。着色剤(A)は、化合物(I)に加えて、顔料を含むことが好ましい。着色剤(A)中の化合物(I)の含有割合は、通常1~100質量%であり、3~100質量%であることが好ましく、3~70質量%であることがより好ましく、3~60質量%であることがさらに好ましい。
<Colorant>
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a colorant, and the colorant contains compound (I). The colorant (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “colorant (A)”) contains compound (I) as an active ingredient. The colorant (A) may be composed only of the compound (I) or may contain a dye or pigment other than the compound (I). The colorant (A) preferably contains a pigment in addition to the compound (I). The content ratio of the compound (I) in the colorant (A) is usually 1 to 100% by mass, preferably 3 to 100% by mass, more preferably 3 to 70% by mass. More preferably, it is 60 mass%.
 化合物(I)以外の染料としては、カラーインデックス(Colour Index)(The Society of Dyers and Colourists出版)で、ソルベント(Solvent)、アシッド(Acid)、ベーシック(Basic)、リアクティブ(reactive)、ダイレクト(Direct)、ディスパース(Disperse)、またはバット(Vat)に分類されている化合物が挙げられる。具体的には、以下のようなカラーインデックス(C.I.)番号の染料が挙げられる。
C.I.ソルベントイエロー25,79,81,82、83,89;
C.I.アシッドイエロー7,23,25,42,65,76;
C.I.リアクティブイエロー2,76,116;
C.I.ダイレクトイエロー4,28,44,86,132;
C.I.ディスパースイエロー54,76;
C.I.ソルベントオレンジ41,54,56,99;
C.I.アシッドオレンジ56,74,95,108,149,162;
C.I.リアクティブオレンジ16;
C.I.ダイレクトオレンジ26;
C.I.ソルベントレッド24,49,90,91,118,119,122,124,125,127,130,132,160,218;
C.I.アシッドレッド73,91,92,97,138,151,211,274,289;
C.I.アシッドバイオレット102;
C.I.ソルベントグリーン1,5;
C.I.アシッドグリーン3,5,9,25,28;
C.I.ベーシックグリーン1;
C.I.バットグリーン1等。
As dyes other than Compound (I), Color Index (published by The Society of Dyers and Colorists), Solvent, Acid, Basic, Reactive, Direct ( Examples include compounds classified as Direct, Disperse, or Vat. Specific examples include dyes having the following color index (CI) numbers.
C. I. Solvent Yellow 25, 79, 81, 82, 83, 89;
C. I. Acid Yellow 7, 23, 25, 42, 65, 76;
C. I. Reactive Yellow 2, 76, 116;
C. I. Direct yellow 4, 28, 44, 86, 132;
C. I. Disperse Yellow 54,76;
C. I. Solvent orange 41, 54, 56, 99;
C. I. Acid Orange 56, 74, 95, 108, 149, 162;
C. I. Reactive Orange 16;
C. I. Direct orange 26;
C. I. Solvent Red 24, 49, 90, 91, 118, 119, 122, 124, 125, 127, 130, 132, 160, 218;
C. I. Acid Red 73, 91, 92, 97, 138, 151, 211, 274, 289;
C. I. Acid Violet 102;
C. I. Solvent Green 1,5;
C. I. Acid Green 3, 5, 9, 25, 28;
C. I. Basic Green 1;
C. I. Bat Green 1 etc.
 顔料としては、公知の顔料、例えば、カラーインデックス(The Society of Dyers and Colourists出版)でピグメントに分類されている顔料が挙げられる。
 具体的には、C.I.ピグメントイエロー1、3、12、13、14、15、16、17、20、24、31、53、83、86、93、94、109、110、117、125、128、129、137、138、139、147、148、150、153、154、166、173、194、214等の黄色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントオレンジ13、31、36、38、40、42、43、51、55、59、61、64、65、71、73等のオレンジ色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントレッド9、97、105、122、123、144、149、166、168、176、177、180、192、209、215、216、224、242、254、255、264、265等の赤色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントブルー15、15:3、15:4、15:6、60等の青色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントバイオレット1、19、23、29、32、36、38等のバイオレット色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、36、58等の緑色顔料;
C.I.ピグメントブラウン23、25等のブラウン色顔料;および
C.I.ピグメントブラック1、7等の黒色顔料が挙げられる。
Examples of the pigment include known pigments, for example, pigments classified as pigments by Color Index (published by The Society of Dyer's and Colorists).
Specifically, C.I. I. Pigment Yellow 1, 3, 12, 13, 14, 15, 16, 17, 20, 24, 31, 53, 83, 86, 93, 94, 109, 110, 117, 125, 128, 129, 137, 138, Yellow pigments such as 139, 147, 148, 150, 153, 154, 166, 173, 194, 214;
C. I. Orange pigments such as CI Pigment Orange 13, 31, 36, 38, 40, 42, 43, 51, 55, 59, 61, 64, 65, 71, 73;
C. I. Red pigments such as CI Pigment Red 9, 97, 105, 122, 123, 144, 149, 166, 168, 176, 177, 180, 192, 209, 215, 216, 224, 242, 254, 255, 264, 265;
C. I. Blue pigments such as CI Pigment Blue 15, 15: 3, 15: 4, 15: 6, 60;
C. I. Violet color pigments such as CI Pigment Violet 1, 19, 23, 29, 32, 36, 38;
C. I. Green pigments such as CI Pigment Green 7, 36, 58;
C. I. A brown pigment such as CI Pigment Brown 23 and 25; and C.I. I. And black pigments such as CI Pigment Black 1 and 7.
 なかでも、フタロシアニン顔料が好ましく、ハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン顔料およびハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種がより好ましく、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36およびC.I.ピグメントグリーン58からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種が特に好ましい。これら顔料は、緑色着色剤として好適であり、これら顔料を含む着色剤を用いることにより、透過スペクトルの最適化が容易となり、また、耐光性や耐薬品性が良好なカラーフィルタを形成することができる。 Among these, phthalocyanine pigments are preferable, and at least one selected from the group consisting of halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigments and halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigments is more preferable. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36 and C.I. I. Particularly preferred is at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58. These pigments are suitable as green colorants, and by using a colorant containing these pigments, it is easy to optimize the transmission spectrum, and it is possible to form a color filter with good light resistance and chemical resistance. it can.
 顔料は、必要に応じて、ロジン処理、酸性基または塩基性基が導入された顔料誘導体等を用いた表面処理、高分子化合物等による顔料表面へのグラフト処理、硫酸微粒化法等による微粒化処理、不純物を除去するための有機溶剤や水等による洗浄処理、イオン性不純物のイオン交換法等による除去処理等が施されていてもよい。顔料の粒径は、略均一であることが好ましい。顔料は、顔料分散剤を含有させて分散処理を行うことで、顔料分散剤溶液の中で均一に分散した状態の顔料分散液とすることができる。顔料は、それぞれ単独で分散処理してもよいし、複数種を混合して分散処理してもよい。
 顔料分散剤としては、カチオン系、アニオン系、ノニオン系、両性、ポリエステル系、ポリアミン系、アクリル系等の顔料分散剤が挙げられる。これらの顔料分散剤は、二種以上を組み合わせて用いてもよい。顔料分散剤としては、商品名で示すと、KP(信越化学工業(株)製)、フローレン(共栄社化学(株)製)、ソルスパース(ゼネカ(株)製)、EFKA(CIBA社製)、アジスパー(味の素ファインテクノ(株)製)、Disperbyk(ビックケミー社製)等が挙げられる。顔料分散剤を用いる場合、その使用量は、顔料100質量部に対して、好ましくは100質量部以下であり、より好ましくは5質量部以上50質量部以下である。顔料分散剤の使用量が前記の範囲にあると、より均一な分散状態の顔料分散液が得られる傾向がある。
If necessary, the pigment is atomized by rosin treatment, surface treatment using a pigment derivative having an acidic group or basic group introduced, graft treatment on the pigment surface with a polymer compound, etc., sulfuric acid atomization method, etc. A treatment, a cleaning treatment with an organic solvent or water for removing impurities, a removal treatment by an ion exchange method of ionic impurities, or the like may be performed. The particle diameter of the pigment is preferably substantially uniform. The pigment can be made into a pigment dispersion in a state of being uniformly dispersed in the pigment dispersant solution by carrying out a dispersion treatment by containing a pigment dispersant. The pigments may be subjected to a dispersion treatment alone, or a plurality of types may be mixed and dispersed.
Examples of the pigment dispersant include cationic, anionic, nonionic, amphoteric, polyester, polyamine, and acrylic pigment dispersants. These pigment dispersants may be used in combination of two or more. As the pigment dispersant, KP (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), Florene (manufactured by Kyoeisha Chemical Co., Ltd.), Solsperse (manufactured by Geneca Corporation), EFKA (manufactured by CIBA), Ajisper (Ajinomoto Fine Techno Co., Ltd.), Disperbyk (Bic Chemie Co., Ltd.) and the like. When the pigment dispersant is used, the amount used is preferably 100 parts by mass or less, more preferably 5 parts by mass or more and 50 parts by mass or less, with respect to 100 parts by mass of the pigment. When the amount of the pigment dispersant used is in the above range, there is a tendency that a pigment dispersion with a more uniform dispersion state is obtained.
<着色硬化性樹脂組成物>
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、前記の着色剤(A)に加えて、樹脂(以下、「樹脂(B)」ということがある。)、重合性化合物(以下、「重合性化合物(C)」ということがある。)、重合開始剤(以下、「重合開始剤(D)」ということがある。)および溶剤(以下、「溶剤(E)」ということがある。)を含む。本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、これら成分に加えて、レベリング剤を含んでもよい。本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、これら成分に加えて、重合開始助剤を含んでもよい。
<Colored curable resin composition>
In addition to the colorant (A), the colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes a resin (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “resin (B)”), a polymerizable compound (hereinafter referred to as “polymerizable compound ( C) ”, a polymerization initiator (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ polymerization initiator (D) ”) and a solvent (hereinafter sometimes referred to as“ solvent (E) ”). The colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a leveling agent in addition to these components. The colored curable resin composition of the present invention may contain a polymerization initiation assistant in addition to these components.
 着色硬化性樹脂組成物中の着色剤(A)の含有率は、固形分の総量に対して、通常1質量%以上70質量%以下であり、好ましくは1質量%以上60質量%以下であり、より好ましくは5質量%以上60質量%以下であり、特に好ましくは5質量%以上50質量%以下である。着色剤(A)の含有率が前記の範囲内であると、所望とする分光や色濃度をより得やすくなる。なお、本明細書において「固形分の総量」とは、本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から溶剤を除いた成分の合計量をいう。固形分の総量およびこれに対する各成分の含有量は、例えば、液体クロマトグラフィー、ガスクロマトグラフィー等の公知の分析手段により測定することができる。 The content of the colorant (A) in the colored curable resin composition is usually 1% by mass or more and 70% by mass or less, preferably 1% by mass or more and 60% by mass or less, based on the total amount of the solid content. More preferably, it is 5 mass% or more and 60 mass% or less, Most preferably, it is 5 mass% or more and 50 mass% or less. When the content of the colorant (A) is within the above range, a desired spectrum and color density can be easily obtained. In addition, in this specification, "the total amount of solid content" means the total amount of the component remove | excluding the solvent from the colored curable resin composition of this invention. The total amount of solids and the content of each component relative thereto can be measured by known analytical means such as liquid chromatography and gas chromatography, for example.
<樹脂(B)>
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれる樹脂(B)は、アルカリ可溶性樹脂であることが好ましく、不飽和カルボン酸および不飽和カルボン酸無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種に由来する構造単位を有する付加重合体がより好ましい。このような樹脂としては、下記樹脂[K1]~[K6]が挙げられる。
 樹脂[K1]:不飽和カルボン酸および不飽和カルボン酸無水物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種(a)(以下「(a)」ということがある)と、炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(b)(以下「(b)」ということがある)との共重合体
 樹脂[K2]:(a)と、(b)と、(a)と共重合可能な単量体(c)(ただし、(a)および(b)とは異なる。)(以下「(c)」ということがある)との共重合体
 樹脂[K3]:(a)と(c)との共重合体
 樹脂[K4]:(a)と(c)との共重合体に(b)を反応させることにより得られる樹脂
 樹脂[K5]:(b)と(c)との共重合体に(a)を反応させることにより得られる樹脂
 樹脂[K6]:(b)と(c)との共重合体に(a)を反応させ、さらにカルボン酸無水物を反応させることにより得られる樹脂。
<Resin (B)>
The resin (B) contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is preferably an alkali-soluble resin and has a structure derived from at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides. More preferred are addition polymers having units. Examples of such a resin include the following resins [K1] to [K6].
Resin [K1]: at least one selected from the group consisting of unsaturated carboxylic acids and unsaturated carboxylic acid anhydrides (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(a)”), and a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms And a monomer (b) having an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b)”) Resin [K2]: (a), (b), (a) A copolymer with a monomer (c) copolymerizable with (but different from (a) and (b)) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(c)”) Resin [K3]: (a ) And (c) Copolymer Resin [K4]: Resin obtained by reacting (b) with copolymer of (a) and (c) Resin [K5]: (b) and (c Resin [K6]: a resin obtained by reacting a copolymer with (a) with a copolymer with (a) It reacted, resin obtained by further reacting a carboxylic acid anhydride.
 (a)としては、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸、クロトン酸、o−、m−、p−ビニル安息香酸等の不飽和モノカルボン酸;
 マレイン酸、フマル酸、シトラコン酸、メサコン酸、イタコン酸、3−ビニルフタル酸、4−ビニルフタル酸、3,4,5,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸、1,2,3,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸、1、4−シクロヘキセンジカルボン酸等の不飽和ジカルボン酸;
 メチル−5−ノルボルネン−2,3−ジカルボン酸、5−カルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−5−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−6−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−カルボキシ−6−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン等のカルボキシ基を含有するビシクロ不飽和化合物;
 無水マレイン酸、シトラコン酸無水物、イタコン酸無水物、3−ビニルフタル酸無水物、4−ビニルフタル酸無水物、3,4,5,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、1,2,3,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、5,6−ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン無水物等の不飽和ジカルボン酸無水物;
 こはく酸モノ〔2−(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕、フタル酸モノ〔2−(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル〕等の2価以上の多価カルボン酸の不飽和モノ〔(メタ)アクリロイルオキシアルキル〕エステル;
 α−(ヒドロキシメチル)アクリル酸等の同一分子中にヒドロキシ基およびカルボキシ基を含有する不飽和アクリレートが挙げられる。
 なかでも、共重合反応性や得られる樹脂のアルカリ水溶液への溶解性の観点から、アクリル酸、メタクリル酸および無水マレイン酸が好ましい。
As (a), unsaturated monocarboxylic acids such as acrylic acid, methacrylic acid, crotonic acid, o-, m-, p-vinylbenzoic acid;
Maleic acid, fumaric acid, citraconic acid, mesaconic acid, itaconic acid, 3-vinylphthalic acid, 4-vinylphthalic acid, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic acid, dimethyl Unsaturated dicarboxylic acids such as tetrahydrophthalic acid, 1,4-cyclohexene dicarboxylic acid;
Methyl-5-norbornene-2,3-dicarboxylic acid, 5-carboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] bicyclounsaturated compounds containing a carboxy group such as hept-2-ene, 5-carboxy-6-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene;
Maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 1,2,3,6- Unsaturated dicarboxylic anhydrides such as tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride;
Unsaturated mono [(meth) acryloyloxyalkyl] esters of polyvalent carboxylic acids such as succinic acid mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] and phthalic acid mono [2- (meth) acryloyloxyethyl] ;
Examples thereof include unsaturated acrylates containing a hydroxy group and a carboxy group in the same molecule such as α- (hydroxymethyl) acrylic acid.
Of these, acrylic acid, methacrylic acid and maleic anhydride are preferred from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity and solubility of the resulting resin in an aqueous alkali solution.
 (b)は、炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造(例えば、オキシラン環、オキセタン環、テトラヒドロフラン環等)とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する重合性化合物をいう。(b)は、炭素数2~4の環状エーテル構造と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基とを有する単量体であることが好ましい。なお、本明細書において、「(メタ)アクリル酸」とは、アクリル酸およびメタクリル酸よりなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種を表わし、「(メタ)アクリロイル」および「(メタ)アクリレート」の表記も、同様の意味を示す。 (B) refers to a polymerizable compound having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms (for example, an oxirane ring, an oxetane ring, a tetrahydrofuran ring, etc.) and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. (B) is preferably a monomer having a cyclic ether structure having 2 to 4 carbon atoms and a (meth) acryloyloxy group. In the present specification, “(meth) acrylic acid” represents at least one selected from the group consisting of acrylic acid and methacrylic acid, and the notation of “(meth) acryloyl” and “(meth) acrylate” is also used. Indicate the same meaning.
 (b)としては、オキシラニル基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(b1)(以下「(b1)」ということがある)、オキセタニル基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(b2)(以下「(b2)」ということがある)およびテトラヒドロフリル基とエチレン性不飽和結合とを有する単量体(b3)(以下「(b3)」ということがある)が挙げられる。 (B) includes a monomer (b1) having an oxiranyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1)”), and a monomer having an oxetanyl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond. (B2) (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b2)”) and a monomer (b3) having a tetrahydrofuryl group and an ethylenically unsaturated bond (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b3)”).
 (b1)としては、直鎖状または分枝鎖状の脂肪族不飽和炭化水素がエポキシ化された構造を有する単量体(b1−1)(以下「(b1−1)」ということがある)および脂環式不飽和炭化水素がエポキシ化された構造を有する単量体(b1−2)(以下「(b1−2)」ということがある)が挙げられる。
 (b1−1)としては、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、β−メチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、β−エチルグリシジル(メタ)アクリレート、グリシジルビニルエーテル、o−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、m−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、p−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、α−メチル−o−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、α−メチル−m−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、α−メチル−p−ビニルベンジルグリシジルエーテル、2,3−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,4−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,5−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,6−ビス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,4−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,5−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、2,3,6−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレン、3,4,5−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレンおよび2,4,6−トリス(グリシジルオキシメチル)スチレンが挙げられる。
 (b1−2)としては、ビニルシクロヘキセンモノオキサイド、1,2−エポキシ−4−ビニルシクロヘキサン、3,4−エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、3,4−エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート、式(1)で表される化合物および式(2)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000076
(式中、RおよびRはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子または炭素数1~4のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基に含まれる水素原子は、ヒドロキシ基で置換されていてもよい。XおよびXはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、−R−、*−R−O−、*−R−S−または*−R−NH−を表わす。Rは、炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基を表わす。*は、Oとの結合手を表わす。)
(B1) may be a monomer (b1-1) having a structure in which a linear or branched aliphatic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter referred to as “(b1-1)”) ) And a monomer (b1-2) having a structure in which an alicyclic unsaturated hydrocarbon is epoxidized (hereinafter sometimes referred to as “(b1-2)”).
As (b1-1), glycidyl (meth) acrylate, β-methylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, β-ethylglycidyl (meth) acrylate, glycidyl vinyl ether, o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, p -Vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-o-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-m-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, α-methyl-p-vinylbenzyl glycidyl ether, 2,3-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene 2,4-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,5-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,6-bis (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,3,4-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene 2,3,5-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 2,3,6-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene, 3,4,5-tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene and 2,4,6- An example is tris (glycidyloxymethyl) styrene.
(B1-2) includes vinylcyclohexene monooxide, 1,2-epoxy-4-vinylcyclohexane, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate, formula ( Examples thereof include a compound represented by 1) and a compound represented by formula (2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000076
(Wherein, R a and R b each independently represents a hydrogen atom or an alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms, and the hydrogen atom contained in the alkyl group may be substituted with a hydroxy group. X a and X b are each independently a single bond, -R c -, * - R c -O -, * - R c -S- or * -R represents the c -NH- .R c is the number of carbon atoms Represents an alkanediyl group of 1 to 6. * represents a bond to O.)
 炭素数1~4のアルキル基としては、メチル基、エチル基、プロピル基、イソプロピル基、ブチル基、sec−ブチル基およびtert−ブチル基が挙げられる。水素原子がヒドロキシ基で置換されたアルキル基としては、ヒドロキシメチル基、1−ヒドロキシエチル基、2−ヒドロキシエチル基、1−ヒドロキシプロピル基、2−ヒドロキシプロピル基、3−ヒドロキシプロピル基、1−ヒドロキシ−1−メチルエチル基、2−ヒドロキシ−1−メチルエチル基、1−ヒドロキシブチル基、2−ヒドロキシブチル基、3−ヒドロキシブチル基および4−ヒドロキシブチル基が挙げられる。
 RおよびRはそれぞれ独立して、水素原子、メチル基、ヒドロキシメチル基、1−ヒドロキシエチル基または2−ヒドロキシエチル基であることが好ましく、水素原子またはメチル基であることがより好ましい。
 炭素数1~6のアルカンジイル基としては、メチレン基、エチレン基、プロパン−1,2−ジイル基、プロパン−1,3−ジイル基、ブタン−1,4−ジイル基、ペンタン−1,5−ジイル基およびヘキサン−1,6−ジイル基が挙げられる。
 XおよびXはそれぞれ独立して、単結合、メチレン基、エチレン基、*−CH−O−または*−CHCH−O−であることが好ましく、単結合または*−CHCH−O−であることがより好ましい。なお、前記式中、*はOとの結合手を表わす。
Examples of the alkyl group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include methyl group, ethyl group, propyl group, isopropyl group, butyl group, sec-butyl group and tert-butyl group. Examples of the alkyl group in which a hydrogen atom is substituted with a hydroxy group include a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group, a 2-hydroxyethyl group, a 1-hydroxypropyl group, a 2-hydroxypropyl group, a 3-hydroxypropyl group, 1- Examples include a hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 2-hydroxy-1-methylethyl group, a 1-hydroxybutyl group, a 2-hydroxybutyl group, a 3-hydroxybutyl group, and a 4-hydroxybutyl group.
R a and R b are each independently preferably a hydrogen atom, a methyl group, a hydroxymethyl group, a 1-hydroxyethyl group or a 2-hydroxyethyl group, and more preferably a hydrogen atom or a methyl group.
Examples of the alkanediyl group having 1 to 6 carbon atoms include methylene group, ethylene group, propane-1,2-diyl group, propane-1,3-diyl group, butane-1,4-diyl group, and pentane-1,5. -Diyl group and hexane-1,6-diyl group are mentioned.
X a and X b are each independently a single bond, a methylene group, an ethylene group, * —CH 2 —O— or * —CH 2 CH 2 —O—, preferably a single bond or * —CH 2. More preferably, it is CH 2 —O—. In the above formula, * represents a bond with O.
 式(1)で表される化合物としては、式(1−1)~式(1−15)で表される化合物が挙げられ、なかでも、式(1−1)、式(1−3)、式(1−5)、式(1−7)、式(1−9)および式(1−11)~式(1−15)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(1−1)、式(1−7)、式(1−9)および式(1−15)で表される化合物がより好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000077
Examples of the compound represented by the formula (1) include compounds represented by the formula (1-1) to the formula (1-15), among which the formula (1-1) and the formula (1-3) And compounds represented by formula (1-5), formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-11) to formula (1-15) are preferred, and formula (1-1), The compounds represented by formula (1-7), formula (1-9) and formula (1-15) are more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000077
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000078
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000079
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000080
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000081
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000082
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000083
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000084
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000084
 式(2)で表される化合物としては、式(2−1)~式(2−15)で表される化合物が挙げられ、なかでも、式(2−1)、式(2−3)、式(2−5)、式(2−7)、式(2−9)および式(2−11)~式(2−15)で表される化合物が好ましく、式(2−1)、式(2−7)、式(2−9)および式(2−15)で表される化合物がより好ましい。 Examples of the compound represented by the formula (2) include compounds represented by the formula (2-1) to the formula (2-15). Among them, the formula (2-1) and the formula (2-3) And compounds represented by formula (2-5), formula (2-7), formula (2-9) and formula (2-11) to formula (2-15) are preferred, and formula (2-1), The compounds represented by formula (2-7), formula (2-9) and formula (2-15) are more preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000085
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000086
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000087
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000088
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000089
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000090
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000091
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000092
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000092
 式(1)で表される化合物および式(2)で表される化合物は、それぞれ単独で用いてもよいし、式(1)で表される化合物と式(2)で表される化合物とを併用してもよい。これらを併用する場合、式(1)で表される化合物および式(2)で表される化合物の比率(式(1)で表される化合物:式(2)で表される化合物)はモル基準で、好ましくは5:95~95:5であり、より好ましくは10:90~90:10であり、さらに好ましくは20:80~80:20である。 The compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) may be used alone, or the compound represented by the formula (1) and the compound represented by the formula (2) May be used in combination. When these are used in combination, the ratio of the compound represented by formula (1) and the compound represented by formula (2) (compound represented by formula (1): compound represented by formula (2)) is mol. The standard is preferably 5:95 to 95: 5, more preferably 10:90 to 90:10, and still more preferably 20:80 to 80:20.
 (b2)としては、オキセタニル基と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基とを有する単量体がより好ましい。(b2)としては、3−メチル−3−メタクリルロイルオキシメチルオキセタン、3−メチル−3−アクリロイルオキシメチルオキセタン、3−エチル−3−メタクリロイルオキシメチルオキセタン、3−エチル−3−アクリロイルオキシメチルオキセタン、3−メチル−3−メタクリロイルオキシエチルオキセタン、3−メチル−3−アクリロイルオキシエチルオキセタン、3−エチル−3−メタクリロイルオキシエチルオキセタンおよび3−エチル−3−アクリロイルオキシエチルオキセタンが挙げられる。 (B2) is more preferably a monomer having an oxetanyl group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group. (B2) includes 3-methyl-3-methacryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-methyl-3-acryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-methacryloyloxymethyloxetane, 3-ethyl-3-acryloyloxymethyloxetane , 3-methyl-3-methacryloyloxyethyl oxetane, 3-methyl-3-acryloyloxyethyl oxetane, 3-ethyl-3-methacryloyloxyethyl oxetane and 3-ethyl-3-acryloyloxyethyl oxetane.
 (b3)としては、テトラヒドロフリル基と(メタ)アクリロイルオキシ基とを有する単量体がより好ましい。(b3)としては、テトラヒドロフルフリルアクリレート(例えば、ビスコートV#150、大阪有機化学工業(株)製)およびテトラヒドロフルフリルメタクリレートが挙げられる。 (B3) is more preferably a monomer having a tetrahydrofuryl group and a (meth) acryloyloxy group. Examples of (b3) include tetrahydrofurfuryl acrylate (for example, Biscoat V # 150, manufactured by Osaka Organic Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) and tetrahydrofurfuryl methacrylate.
 得られるカラーフィルタの耐熱性、耐薬品性等の信頼性をより高くすることができる点で、(b)が(b1)であることが好ましく、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の保存安定性が優れるという点で、(b1)が(b1−2)であることが好ましい。 (B) is preferably (b1), and the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition is excellent in that the reliability of the obtained color filter such as heat resistance and chemical resistance can be further increased. In this respect, (b1) is preferably (b1-2).
 (c)としては、メチル(メタ)アクリレート、エチル(メタ)アクリレート、n−ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、sec−ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、tert−ブチル(メタ)アクリレート、2−エチルヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、ドデシル(メタ)アクリレート、ラウリル(メタ)アクリレート、ステアリル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロペンチル(メタ)アクリレート、シクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、2−メチルシクロヘキシル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン−8−イル(メタ)アクリレート(当該技術分野では、慣用名として「ジシクロペンタニル(メタ)アクリレート」といわれている。また、「トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート」ということがある。)、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デセン−8−イル(メタ)アクリレート(当該技術分野では、慣用名として「ジシクロペンテニル(メタ)アクリレート」といわれている。)、ジシクロペンタニルオキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、イソボルニル(メタ)アクリレート、アダマンチル(メタ)アクリレート、アリル(メタ)アクリレート、プロパルギル(メタ)アクリレート、フェニル(メタ)アクリレート、ナフチル(メタ)アクリレート、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート等の(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;
 2−ヒドロキシエチル(メタ)アクリレート、2−ヒドロキシプロピル(メタ)アクリレート等のヒドロキシ基含有(メタ)アクリル酸エステル;
 マレイン酸ジエチル、フマル酸ジエチル、イタコン酸ジエチル等のジカルボン酸ジエステル;
 ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシメチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−(2’−ヒドロキシエチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−メトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−エトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジヒドロキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジ(ヒドロキシメチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジ(2’−ヒドロキシエチル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジメトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ジエトキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシ−5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシ−5−エチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−ヒドロキシメチル−5−メチルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−tert−ブトキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5−フェノキシカルボニルビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ビス(tert−ブトキシカルボニル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン、5,6−ビス(シクロヘキシルオキシカルボニル)ビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン等のビシクロ不飽和化合物;
 N−フェニルマレイミド、N−シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N−ベンジルマレイミド、N−スクシンイミジル−3−マレイミドベンゾエート、N−スクシンイミジル−4−マレイミドブチレート、N−スクシンイミジル−6−マレイミドカプロエート、N−スクシンイミジル−3−マレイミドプロピオネート、N−(9−アクリジニル)マレイミド等のジカルボニルイミド化合物;
 スチレン、α−メチルスチレン、m−メチルスチレン、p−メチルスチレン、ビニルトルエン、p−メトキシスチレン、アクリロニトリル、メタクリロニトリル、塩化ビニル、塩化ビニリデン、アクリルアミド、メタクリルアミド、酢酸ビニル、1,3−ブタジエン、イソプレンおよび2,3−ジメチル−1,3−ブタジエンが挙げられる。
As (c), methyl (meth) acrylate, ethyl (meth) acrylate, n-butyl (meth) acrylate, sec-butyl (meth) acrylate, tert-butyl (meth) acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl (meth) acrylate, Dodecyl (meth) acrylate, lauryl (meth) acrylate, stearyl (meth) acrylate, cyclopentyl (meth) acrylate, cyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, 2-methylcyclohexyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2, 6 ] Decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate (in the art, it is referred to as “dicyclopentanyl (meth) acrylate” as a common name. It may also be referred to as “tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate”) .), Torisiku [5.2.1.0 2, 6] (in the art, it is said that "dicyclopentenyl (meth) acrylate" as trivial name.) Decene-8-yl (meth) acrylate, dicyclopentanyl Such as oxyethyl (meth) acrylate, isobornyl (meth) acrylate, adamantyl (meth) acrylate, allyl (meth) acrylate, propargyl (meth) acrylate, phenyl (meth) acrylate, naphthyl (meth) acrylate, benzyl (meth) acrylate, etc. (Meth) acrylic acid ester;
Hydroxy group-containing (meth) acrylic acid esters such as 2-hydroxyethyl (meth) acrylate and 2-hydroxypropyl (meth) acrylate;
Dicarboxylic acid diesters such as diethyl maleate, diethyl fumarate, diethyl itaconate;
Bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- Hydroxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5- (2′-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-methoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-ethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dihydroxybicyclo [2.2 .1] Hept-2-ene, 5,6-di (hydroxymethyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-di (2′-hydroxyethyl) bicyclo [2.2. 1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-dimethoxybicyclo [2.2 1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-diethoxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxy-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5 -Hydroxy-5-ethylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-hydroxymethyl-5-methylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-tert-butoxycarbonylbicyclo [ 2.2.1] Hept-2-ene, 5-cyclohexyloxycarbonylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5-phenoxycarbonylbicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5 , 6-bis (tert-butoxycarbonyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, 5,6-bis (cyclohexyloxycarbonyl) bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene, etc. Bicyclo unsaturated compounds;
N-phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide, N-succinimidyl-3-maleimidobenzoate, N-succinimidyl-4-maleimidobutyrate, N-succinimidyl-6-maleimidocaproate, N-succinimidyl-3 -Dicarbonylimide compounds such as maleimide propionate, N- (9-acridinyl) maleimide;
Styrene, α-methylstyrene, m-methylstyrene, p-methylstyrene, vinyltoluene, p-methoxystyrene, acrylonitrile, methacrylonitrile, vinyl chloride, vinylidene chloride, acrylamide, methacrylamide, vinyl acetate, 1,3-butadiene , Isoprene and 2,3-dimethyl-1,3-butadiene.
 これらの中でも、共重合反応性および耐熱性の観点から、スチレン、ビニルトルエン、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート、トリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン−8−イル(メタ)アクリレート、N−フェニルマレイミド、N−シクロヘキシルマレイミド、N−ベンジルマレイミドおよびビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エンが好ましい。 Among these, from the viewpoints of copolymerization reactivity and heat resistance, styrene, vinyltoluene, benzyl (meth) acrylate, tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl (meth) acrylate, N -Phenylmaleimide, N-cyclohexylmaleimide, N-benzylmaleimide and bicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene are preferred.
 樹脂[K1]において、それぞれに由来する構造単位の比率は、樹脂[K1]を構成する全構造単位中、
(a)に由来する構造単位:2~60モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:40~98モル%
であることが好ましく、
(a)に由来する構造単位:10~50モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:50~90モル%
であることがより好ましい。
 樹脂[K1]の構造単位の比率が、上記の範囲にあると、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の保存安定性、着色パターンを形成する際の現像性、および得られるカラーフィルタの耐溶剤性がより優れる傾向にある。
In the resin [K1], the ratio of the structural unit derived from each is the total structural unit constituting the resin [K1]
Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 40 to 98 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 50 to 90 mol%
It is more preferable that
When the ratio of the structural unit of the resin [K1] is in the above range, the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition, the developability when forming a colored pattern, and the solvent resistance of the obtained color filter are more improved. It tends to be excellent.
 樹脂[K1]は、例えば、文献「高分子合成の実験法」(大津隆行著 発行所(株)化学同人 第1版第1刷 1972年3月1日発行)に記載された方法および当該文献に記載された引用文献を参考にして製造することができる。 Resin [K1] is, for example, the method described in the document “Experimental Methods for Polymer Synthesis” (Takayuki Otsu, published by Kagaku Dojin Co., Ltd., 1st edition, 1st edition, published on March 1, 1972) and the document Can be produced with reference to the cited references described in 1.
 具体的には、(a)および(b)の所定量、重合開始剤および溶剤等を反応容器中に入れて、例えば、窒素により酸素を置換することにより、脱酸素雰囲気にし、攪拌しながら、加熱および保温する方法が挙げられる。なお、ここで用いられる重合開始剤および溶剤等は、特に限定されず、当該分野で通常使用されているものを使用することができる。例えば、重合開始剤としては、アゾ化合物(2,2′−アゾビスイソブチロニトリル、2,2′−アゾビス(2,4−ジメチルバレロニトリル)等)や有機過酸化物(ベンゾイルペルオキシド等)が挙げられ、溶剤としては、各モノマーを溶解するものであればよく、本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物の溶剤として後述する溶剤が挙げられる。 Specifically, a predetermined amount of (a) and (b), a polymerization initiator, a solvent, and the like are placed in a reaction vessel, for example, by substituting oxygen with nitrogen to create a deoxygenated atmosphere and stirring. The method of heating and heat retention is mentioned. In addition, the polymerization initiator, the solvent, and the like used here are not particularly limited, and those usually used in the field can be used. For example, as polymerization initiators, azo compounds (2,2'-azobisisobutyronitrile, 2,2'-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile), etc.) and organic peroxides (benzoyl peroxide, etc.) Any solvent may be used as long as it dissolves each monomer. Examples of the solvent for the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include the solvents described later.
 得られた共重合体は、反応後の溶液をそのまま使用してもよいし、濃縮あるいは希釈した溶液を使用してもよいし、再沈殿等の方法で固体(粉体)として取り出したものを使用してもよい。特に、この重合の際に溶剤として、本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物に含まれる溶剤を使用することにより、反応後の溶液をそのまま本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物の調製に使用することができるため、本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物の製造工程を簡略化することができる。 As the obtained copolymer, the solution after the reaction may be used as it is, a concentrated or diluted solution may be used, or a solid (powder) taken out by a method such as reprecipitation. May be used. In particular, by using the solvent contained in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention as a solvent during the polymerization, the solution after the reaction is used as it is for the preparation of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention. Therefore, the manufacturing process of the colored curable resin composition of the present invention can be simplified.
 樹脂[K2]において、それぞれに由来する構造単位の比率は、樹脂[K2]を構成する全構造単位中、
(a)に由来する構造単位:2~45モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:2~95モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:1~65モル%
であることが好ましく、
(a)に由来する構造単位:5~40モル%
(b)に由来する構造単位:5~80モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:5~60モル%
であることがより好ましい。
 樹脂[K2]の構造単位の比率が、上記の範囲にあると、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の保存安定性、着色パターンを形成する際の現像性、並びに、得られるカラーフィルタの耐溶剤性、耐熱性および機械強度がより優れる傾向にある。
 樹脂[K2]は、例えば、樹脂[K1]の製造方法として記載した方法と同様に製造することができる。
In the resin [K2], the ratio of the structural units derived from each of the structural units in the resin [K2]
Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 45 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 2 to 95 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 1 to 65 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (a): 5 to 40 mol%
Structural unit derived from (b): 5 to 80 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 5 to 60 mol%
It is more preferable that
When the ratio of the structural unit of the resin [K2] is in the above range, the storage stability of the colored curable resin composition, the developability when forming a colored pattern, and the solvent resistance of the resulting color filter, Heat resistance and mechanical strength tend to be more excellent.
Resin [K2] can be produced, for example, in the same manner as the method described as the production method of resin [K1].
 樹脂[K3]において、それぞれに由来する構造単位の比率は、樹脂[K3]を構成する全構造単位中、
(a)に由来する構造単位:2~60モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:40~98モル%
であることが好ましく、
(a)に由来する構造単位:10~50モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:50~90モル%
であることがより好ましい。
 樹脂[K3]は、例えば、樹脂[K1]の製造方法として記載した方法と同様に製造することができる。
In the resin [K3], the proportion of structural units derived from each of the structural units constituting the resin [K3]
Structural unit derived from (a): 2 to 60 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 40 to 98 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (a): 10 to 50 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 50 to 90 mol%
It is more preferable that
Resin [K3] can be produced, for example, in the same manner as described for the production method of resin [K1].
 樹脂[K4]は、(a)と(c)との共重合体を得て、(b)が有する炭素数2~4の環状エーテル部位を(a)が有するカルボン酸および/またはカルボン酸無水物に付加させることにより製造することができる。具体的には、以下のようにして製造することができる。まず、(a)と(c)との共重合体を、樹脂[K1]の製造方法として記載した方法と同様に製造する。この場合、それぞれに由来する構造単位の比率は、樹脂[K3]で挙げたもの同じ比率であることが好ましい。次に、前記共重合体中の(a)に由来するカルボン酸および/またはカルボン酸無水物の一部に、(b)が有する炭素数2~4の環状エーテル化合物を反応させる。(a)と(c)との共重合体の製造に引き続き、フラスコ内雰囲気を窒素から空気に置換し、(b)、カルボン酸またはカルボン酸無水物と環状エーテル化合物との反応の触媒(例えばトリス(ジメチルアミノメチル)フェノール等)および重合禁止剤(例えばハイドロキノン等)等をフラスコ内に入れて、例えば、60~130℃で、1~10時間反応することにより、樹脂[K4]を製造することができる。 Resin [K4] obtains a copolymer of (a) and (c), and (b) has a carboxylic acid and / or carboxylic acid anhydride having (b) a cyclic ether moiety having 2 to 4 carbon atoms. It can be manufactured by adding to a product. Specifically, it can be produced as follows. First, a copolymer of (a) and (c) is produced in the same manner as the method described as the production method of the resin [K1]. In this case, it is preferable that the ratio of the structural units derived from each is the same as that described for the resin [K3]. Next, a cyclic ether compound having 2 to 4 carbon atoms which (b) has is reacted with a part of the carboxylic acid and / or carboxylic anhydride derived from (a) in the copolymer. Subsequent to the production of the copolymer of (a) and (c), the atmosphere in the flask is replaced from nitrogen to air, and (b) a catalyst for the reaction of the carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride with the cyclic ether compound (for example, A resin [K4] is produced by placing tris (dimethylaminomethyl) phenol, etc.) and a polymerization inhibitor (eg, hydroquinone, etc.) in a flask and reacting, for example, at 60-130 ° C. for 1-10 hours. be able to.
 (b)の使用量は、(a)100モルに対して、5~80モルが好ましく、より好ましくは10~75モルである。(b)の使用量をこの範囲に調整することにより得られた樹脂を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、保存安定性、パターンを形成する際の現像性、得られるパターンの耐溶剤性、耐熱性、機械強度および感度のバランスがより良好になる傾向にある。環状エーテル部位の反応性が高く、未反応の(b)が残存しにくいことから、樹脂[K4]に用いる(b)は、(b1)が好ましく、(b1−1)がより好ましい。 The amount of (b) used is preferably 5 to 80 mol, more preferably 10 to 75 mol, per 100 mol of (a). The colored curable resin composition containing a resin obtained by adjusting the amount of (b) used in this range is storage stability, developability when forming a pattern, solvent resistance of the resulting pattern, heat resistance Tend to have a better balance of properties, mechanical strength and sensitivity. Since the reactivity of the cyclic ether moiety is high and unreacted (b) hardly remains, (b) used in the resin [K4] is preferably (b1) and more preferably (b1-1).
 触媒の使用量は、(a)、(b)および(c)の合計量100質量部に対して、0.001~5質量部が好ましい。前記重合禁止剤の使用量は、(a)、(b)および(c)の合計量100質量部に対して、0.001~5質量部が好ましい。 The amount of the catalyst used is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of (a), (b) and (c). The amount of the polymerization inhibitor used is preferably 0.001 to 5 parts by mass with respect to 100 parts by mass of the total amount of (a), (b) and (c).
 各試剤の仕込方法、反応温度および反応時間等の反応条件は、製造設備や重合による発熱量等を考慮して適宜調整することができる。なお、重合条件と同様に、製造設備や重合による発熱量等を考慮し、仕込方法や反応温度を適宜調整することができる。 The reaction conditions such as the charging method of each reagent, the reaction temperature, and the reaction time can be appropriately adjusted in consideration of the production equipment and the amount of heat generated by polymerization. In addition, like the polymerization conditions, the charging method and the reaction temperature can be appropriately adjusted in consideration of the production equipment, the amount of heat generated by the polymerization, and the like.
 樹脂[K5]は、第一段階として、上述した樹脂[K1]の製造方法と同様にして、(b)と(c)との共重合体を得る。上記と同様に、得られた共重合体は、反応後の溶液をそのまま使用してもよいし、濃縮あるいは希釈した溶液を使用してもよいし、再沈殿等の方法で固体(粉体)として取り出したものを使用してもよい。(b)および(c)に由来する構造単位の比率は、前記の共重合体を構成する全構造単位の合計モル数に対して、それぞれ、
(b)に由来する構造単位:5~95モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:5~95モル%
であることが好ましく、
(b)に由来する構造単位:10~90モル%
(c)に由来する構造単位:10~90モル%
であることがより好ましい。
Resin [K5] obtains a copolymer of (b) and (c) as a first step in the same manner as in the method for producing resin [K1] described above. Similarly to the above, the obtained copolymer may be used as it is after the reaction, or may be a concentrated or diluted solution, or may be solid (powder) by a method such as reprecipitation. You may use what was taken out as. The ratio of the structural units derived from (b) and (c) is the total number of moles of all structural units constituting the copolymer, respectively.
Structural unit derived from (b): 5 to 95 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 5 to 95 mol%
It is preferable that
Structural unit derived from (b): 10 to 90 mol%
Structural unit derived from (c): 10 to 90 mol%
It is more preferable that
 さらに、樹脂[K4]の製造方法と同様の条件で、(b)と(c)との共重合体が有する(b)に由来する環状エーテル部位に、(a)が有するカルボン酸またはカルボン酸無水物を反応させることにより、樹脂[K5]を得ることができる。 Furthermore, the carboxylic acid or carboxylic acid which (a) has in the cyclic ether part derived from (b) which the copolymer of (b) and (c) has on the same conditions as the manufacturing method of resin [K4] Resin [K5] can be obtained by reacting an anhydride.
 前記の共重合体に反応させる(a)の使用量は、(b)100モルに対して、5~80モルが好ましい。環状エーテル部位の反応性が高く、未反応の(b)が残存しにくいことから、樹脂[K5]に用いる(b)は、(b1)が好ましく、(b1−1)がより好ましい。 The amount of (a) to be reacted with the copolymer is preferably 5 to 80 mol per 100 mol of (b). Since the reactivity of the cyclic ether moiety is high and unreacted (b) hardly remains, (b) used in the resin [K5] is preferably (b1) and more preferably (b1-1).
 樹脂[K6]は、樹脂[K5]に、さらにカルボン酸無水物を反応させた樹脂である。環状エーテル部位とカルボン酸またはカルボン酸無水物との反応により発生するヒドロキシ基に、カルボン酸無水物を反応させる。
 カルボン酸無水物としては、無水マレイン酸、シトラコン酸無水物、イタコン酸無水物、3−ビニルフタル酸無水物、4−ビニルフタル酸無水物、3,4,5,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、1,2,3,6−テトラヒドロフタル酸無水物、ジメチルテトラヒドロフタル酸無水物および5,6−ジカルボキシビシクロ[2.2.1]ヘプト−2−エン無水物が挙げられる。カルボン酸無水物の使用量は、(a)の使用量1モルに対して、0.5~1モルが好ましい。
Resin [K6] is a resin obtained by further reacting carboxylic anhydride with resin [K5]. Carboxylic anhydride is reacted with a hydroxy group generated by reaction of a cyclic ether moiety with carboxylic acid or carboxylic anhydride.
Carboxylic anhydrides include maleic anhydride, citraconic anhydride, itaconic anhydride, 3-vinylphthalic anhydride, 4-vinylphthalic anhydride, 3,4,5,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, 1 2,3,6-tetrahydrophthalic anhydride, dimethyltetrahydrophthalic anhydride and 5,6-dicarboxybicyclo [2.2.1] hept-2-ene anhydride. The amount of carboxylic acid anhydride used is preferably 0.5 to 1 mole per mole of (a) used.
 樹脂(B)としては、3,4−エポキシシクロヘキシルメチル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、3,4−エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02.6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体等の樹脂[K1];グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート/ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、グリシジル(メタ)アクリレート/スチレン/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、3,4−エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02.6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/N−シクロヘキシルマレイミド共重合体、3,4−エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02.6]デシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸/ビニルトルエン共重合体、3−メチル−3−(メタ)アクリルロイルオキシメチルオキセタン/(メタ)アクリル酸/スチレン共重合体等の樹脂[K2];ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、スチレン/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体、等の樹脂[K3];ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを付加させた樹脂、トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート/スチレン/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを付加させた樹脂、トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート/ベンジル(メタ)アクリレート/(メタ)アクリル酸共重合体にグリシジル(メタ)アクリレートを付加させた樹脂等の樹脂[K4];トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート/グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートの共重合体に(メタ)アクリル酸を反応させた樹脂、トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート/スチレン/グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートの共重合体に(メタ)アクリル酸を反応させた樹脂等の樹脂[K5];トリシクロデシル(メタ)アクリレート/グリシジル(メタ)アクリレートの共重合体に(メタ)アクリル酸を反応させた樹脂にさらにテトラヒドロフタル酸無水物を反応させた樹脂等の樹脂[K6]が挙げられる。 Examples of the resin (B) include 3,4-epoxycyclohexylmethyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6 ] decyl (meta ) Resin such as acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer [K1]; glycidyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, glycidyl (meth) acrylate / styrene / (meth) Acrylic acid copolymer, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6 ] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / N-cyclohexylmaleimide copolymer, 3,4-epoxy tricyclo [5.2.1.0 2.6] decyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid / vinyl toluene copolymer, 3-methyl-3- Resin [K2] such as (meth) acryloyloxymethyloxetane / (meth) acrylic acid / styrene copolymer; benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, styrene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer , Benzyl (meth) acrylate / tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, etc. resin [K3]; benzyl (meth) acrylate / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer to glycidyl (meth) Resin with acrylate added, Resin with glycidyl (meth) acrylate added to tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate / styrene / (meth) acrylic acid copolymer, Tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate / benzyl (meth) acrylate / (Meth) acrylic acid copolymer with glycidyl (meth) acrylate Resin [K4] such as added resin; resin obtained by reacting a copolymer of tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate / glycidyl (meth) acrylate with (meth) acrylic acid, tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate / styrene / Resin such as a resin obtained by reacting a copolymer of glycidyl (meth) acrylate with (meth) acrylic acid [K5]; a copolymer of tricyclodecyl (meth) acrylate / glycidyl (meth) acrylate (meth) acrylic acid And a resin [K6] such as a resin obtained by further reacting tetrahydrophthalic anhydride with the resin reacted with.
 樹脂(B)は、好ましくは、樹脂[K1]、樹脂[K2]および樹脂[K3]からなる群から選ばれる一種であり、より好ましくは、樹脂[K2]および樹脂[K3]からなる群から選ばれる一種である。これらの樹脂であると着色硬化性樹脂組成物は現像性に優れる。着色パターンと基板との密着性の観点で、樹脂[K2]がさらに好ましい。 The resin (B) is preferably a kind selected from the group consisting of a resin [K1], a resin [K2] and a resin [K3], and more preferably from a group consisting of a resin [K2] and a resin [K3]. It is the kind chosen. When these resins are used, the colored curable resin composition is excellent in developability. Resin [K2] is more preferable from the viewpoint of adhesion between the coloring pattern and the substrate.
 樹脂(B)のポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量は、通常3,000~100,000であり、好ましくは5,000~50,000であり、より好ましくは5,000~35,000であり、さらに好ましくは5,000~30,000であり、特に好ましくは6,000~30,000である。分子量が前記の範囲にあると、塗膜硬度が向上し、残膜率も高く、未露光部の現像液に対する溶解性が良好で、着色パターンの解像度が向上する傾向がある。
 樹脂(B)の分子量分布[重量平均分子量(Mw)/数平均分子量(Mn)]は、好ましくは1.1~6であり、より好ましくは1.2~4である。
The polystyrene equivalent weight average molecular weight of the resin (B) is usually 3,000 to 100,000, preferably 5,000 to 50,000, more preferably 5,000 to 35,000, Preferably it is 5,000 to 30,000, and particularly preferably 6,000 to 30,000. When the molecular weight is in the above range, the coating film hardness is improved, the residual film ratio is high, the solubility of the unexposed area in the developer is good, and the resolution of the colored pattern tends to be improved.
The molecular weight distribution [weight average molecular weight (Mw) / number average molecular weight (Mn)] of the resin (B) is preferably 1.1 to 6, and more preferably 1.2 to 4.
 樹脂(B)の酸価は、好ましくは20~170mg−KOH/gであり、より好ましくは30~170mg−KOH/gであり、その中でも40~170mg−KOH/gが好ましく、その中でも50~170mg−KOH/gが好ましく、その中でも50~150mg−KOH/gが好ましく、その中でも60~150mg−KOH/gが好ましく、その中でもより好ましくは60~135mg−KOH/gであり、その中でも70~135mg−KOH/gが好ましい。ここで酸価は樹脂(B)1gを中和するに必要な水酸化カリウムの量(mg)として測定される値であり、例えば水酸化カリウム水溶液を用いて滴定することにより求めることができる。 The acid value of the resin (B) is preferably 20 to 170 mg-KOH / g, more preferably 30 to 170 mg-KOH / g, of which 40 to 170 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 50 to 170 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 50-150 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 60-150 mg-KOH / g is preferred, of which 60-135 mg-KOH / g is more preferred. ~ 135 mg-KOH / g is preferred. Here, the acid value is a value measured as the amount (mg) of potassium hydroxide necessary to neutralize 1 g of the resin (B), and can be determined by titration with an aqueous potassium hydroxide solution, for example.
 樹脂(B)の含有量は、固形分の総量に対して、好ましくは7~65質量%であり、その中でも好ましくは10~60質量%であり、その中でも好ましくは13~60質量%であり、その中でも好ましくは17~55質量%である。樹脂(B)の含有量が、前記の範囲にあると、着色パターン形成が容易で、着色パターンの解像度および残膜率が向上する傾向がある。 The content of the resin (B) is preferably 7 to 65% by mass, preferably 10 to 60% by mass, and more preferably 13 to 60% by mass, based on the total solid content. Of these, the content is preferably 17 to 55% by mass. When the content of the resin (B) is in the above range, a colored pattern can be easily formed, and the resolution of the colored pattern and the remaining film rate tend to be improved.
<重合性化合物(C)>
 重合性化合物(C)は、重合開始剤から発生した活性ラジカルおよび/または酸によって重合しうる化合物であり、例えば、エチレン性不飽和結合を有する重合性化合物が挙げられ、(メタ)アクリル酸エステル構造を有する化合物が好ましい。重合性化合物(C)は、エチレン性不飽和結合を3つ以上有する重合性化合物であることが好ましい。
<Polymerizable compound (C)>
The polymerizable compound (C) is a compound that can be polymerized by an active radical and / or an acid generated from a polymerization initiator, and examples thereof include a polymerizable compound having an ethylenically unsaturated bond, and a (meth) acrylic acid ester Compounds having a structure are preferred. The polymerizable compound (C) is preferably a polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds.
 エチレン性不飽和結合を1つ有する重合性化合物としては、ノニルフェニルカルビトールアクリレート、2−ヒドロキシ−3−フェノキシプロピルアクリレート、2−エチルヘキシルカルビトールアクリレート、2−ヒドロキシエチルアクリレート、N−ビニルピロリドン、上述の(a)、(a)および(c)が挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合を2つ有する重合性化合物としては、1,6−ヘキサンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ネオペンチルグリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、トリエチレングリコールジ(メタ)アクリレート、ビスフェノールAのビス(アクリロイロキシエチル)エーテルおよび3−メチルペンタンジオールジ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。エチレン性不飽和結合を3つ以上有する重合性化合物としては、トリメチロールプロパントリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールトリ(メタ)アクリレート、ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレート、ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールオクタ(メタ)アクリレート、トリペンタエリスリトールヘプタ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールデカ(メタ)アクリレート、テトラペンタエリスリトールノナ(メタ)アクリレート、トリス(2−(メタ)アクリロイルオキシエチル)イソシアヌレート、エチレングリコール変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、エチレングリコール変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコール変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレート、プロピレングリコール変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレート、カプロラクトン変性ペンタエリスリトールテトラ(メタ)アクリレートおよびカプロラクトン変性ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが挙げられる。
 これらのなかでも、ジペンタエリスリトールペンタ(メタ)アクリレートおよびジペンタエリスリトールヘキサ(メタ)アクリレートが好ましい。
Examples of the polymerizable compound having one ethylenically unsaturated bond include nonylphenyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxy-3-phenoxypropyl acrylate, 2-ethylhexyl carbitol acrylate, 2-hydroxyethyl acrylate, N-vinylpyrrolidone, (A), (a) and (c). Examples of the polymerizable compound having two ethylenically unsaturated bonds include 1,6-hexanediol di (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol di (meth) acrylate, neopentyl glycol di (meth) acrylate, and triethylene glycol di (meta). ) Acrylate, bis (acryloyloxyethyl) ether of bisphenol A and 3-methylpentanediol di (meth) acrylate. Examples of the polymerizable compound having three or more ethylenically unsaturated bonds include trimethylolpropane tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tri (meth) acrylate, pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate, Dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol octa (meth) acrylate, tripentaerythritol hepta (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol deca (meth) acrylate, tetrapentaerythritol nona (meth) acrylate, tris (2- ( (Meth) acryloyloxyethyl) isocyanurate, ethylene glycol modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, ethylene glycol modified di Intererythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate, propylene glycol modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate, caprolactone modified pentaerythritol tetra (meth) acrylate and caprolactone modified dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) An acrylate is mentioned.
Among these, dipentaerythritol penta (meth) acrylate and dipentaerythritol hexa (meth) acrylate are preferable.
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物中の重合性化合物(C)の含有量は、固形分の総量に対して、通常5~65質量%であり、好ましくは7~65質量%であり、より好ましくは10~60質量%であり、さらに好ましくは13~60質量%であり、特に好ましくは17~55質量%である。樹脂(B)と重合性化合物(C)との含有量比(樹脂(B):重合性化合物(C))は質量基準で、通常20:80~80:20であり、好ましくは35:65~80:20である。重合性化合物(C)の含有量が、前記の範囲内にあると、着色パターン形成時の残膜率およびカラーフィルタの耐薬品性が向上する傾向がある。 The content of the polymerizable compound (C) in the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is usually 5 to 65% by mass, preferably 7 to 65% by mass with respect to the total solid content, and more The amount is preferably 10 to 60% by mass, more preferably 13 to 60% by mass, and particularly preferably 17 to 55% by mass. The content ratio of the resin (B) to the polymerizable compound (C) (resin (B): polymerizable compound (C)) is usually 20:80 to 80:20, preferably 35:65, based on mass. ~ 80: 20. When the content of the polymerizable compound (C) is within the above range, the remaining film ratio at the time of forming the colored pattern and the chemical resistance of the color filter tend to be improved.
<重合開始剤(D)>
 重合開始剤(D)は、光や熱の作用により活性ラジカル、酸等を発生し、重合を開始しうる化合物であれば特に限定されることなく、公知の重合開始剤を用いることができる。
 重合開始剤(D)としては、アルキルフェノン化合物、トリアジン化合物、アシルホスフィンオキサイド化合物、O−アシルオキシム化合物およびビイミダゾール化合物が挙げられる。
<Polymerization initiator (D)>
The polymerization initiator (D) is not particularly limited as long as it is a compound capable of generating an active radical, an acid or the like by the action of light or heat and initiating polymerization, and a known polymerization initiator can be used.
Examples of the polymerization initiator (D) include alkylphenone compounds, triazine compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, O-acyloxime compounds, and biimidazole compounds.
 O−アシルオキシム化合物は、式(d1)で表される構造を有する化合物である。以下、*は結合手を表わす。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000093
The O-acyl oxime compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d1). Hereinafter, * represents a bond.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000093
 O−アシルオキシム化合物としては、N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)ブタン−1−オン−2−イミン、N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン−1−オン−2−イミン、N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)−3−シクロペンチルプロパン−1−オン−2−イミン、N−アセトキシ−1−[9−エチル−6−(2−メチルベンゾイル)−9H−カルバゾール−3−イル]エタン−1−イミン、N−アセトキシ−1−[9−エチル−6−{2−メチル−4−(3,3−ジメチル−2,4−ジオキサシクロペンタニルメチルオキシ)ベンゾイル}−9H−カルバゾール−3−イル]エタン−1−イミン、N−アセトキシ−1−[9−エチル−6−(2−メチルベンゾイル)−9H−カルバゾール−3−イル]−3−シクロペンチルプロパン−1−イミンおよびN−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−[9−エチル−6−(2−メチルベンゾイル)−9H−カルバゾール−3−イル]−3−シクロペンチルプロパン−1−オン−2−イミンが挙げられる。イルガキュアOXE01、OXE02(以上、BASF社製)、N−1919(ADEKA社製)等の市販品を用いてもよい。なかでも、N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)ブタン−1−オン−2−イミン、N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン−1−オン−2−イミンおよびN−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)−3−シクロペンチルプロパン−1−オン−2−イミンからなる群から選ばれる少なくとも1種が好ましく、N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン−1−オン−2−イミンがより好ましい。 Examples of O-acyloxime compounds include N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butan-1-one-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1- On-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) -3-cyclopentylpropane-1-one-2-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2- Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- {2-methyl-4- (3,3-dimethyl-2,4-di) Oxacyclopentanylmethyloxy) benzoyl} -9H-carbazol-3-yl] ethane-1-imine, N-acetoxy-1- [9-ethi -6- (2-Methylbenzoyl) -9H-carbazol-3-yl] -3-cyclopentylpropane-1-imine and N-benzoyloxy-1- [9-ethyl-6- (2-methylbenzoyl) -9H -Carbazol-3-yl] -3-cyclopentylpropan-1-one-2-imine. Commercial products such as Irgacure OXE01, OXE02 (manufactured by BASF) and N-1919 (ADEKA) may be used. Among them, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) butan-1-one-2-imine, N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine And at least one selected from the group consisting of N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) -3-cyclopentylpropan-1-one-2-imine, and N-benzoyloxy-1- (4- More preferred is phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine.
 アルキルフェノン化合物は、式(d2)で表される構造または式(d3)で表される構造を有する化合物である。なお、これらの構造中のベンゼン環は置換基を有していてもよい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000094
The alkylphenone compound is a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d2) or a structure represented by the formula (d3). In addition, the benzene ring in these structures may have a substituent.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000094
 式(d2)で表される構造を有する化合物としては、2−メチル−2−モルホリノ−1−(4−メチルスルファニルフェニル)プロパン−1−オン、2−ジメチルアミノ−1−(4−モルホリノフェニル)−2−ベンジルブタン−1−オンおよび2−(ジメチルアミノ)−2−[(4−メチルフェニル)メチル]−1−[4−(4−モルホリニル)フェニル]ブタン−1−オンが挙げられる。イルガキュア369、907、379(以上、BASF社製)等の市販品を用いてもよい。 Examples of the compound having the structure represented by the formula (d2) include 2-methyl-2-morpholino-1- (4-methylsulfanylphenyl) propan-1-one, 2-dimethylamino-1- (4-morpholinophenyl) ) -2-benzylbutan-1-one and 2- (dimethylamino) -2-[(4-methylphenyl) methyl] -1- [4- (4-morpholinyl) phenyl] butan-1-one. . Commercial products such as Irgacure 369, 907, 379 (above, manufactured by BASF) may be used.
 式(d3)で表される構造を有する化合物としては、2−ヒドロキシ−2−メチル−1−フェニルプロパン−1−オン、2−ヒドロキシ−2−メチル−1−〔4−(2−ヒドロキシエトキシ)フェニル〕プロパン−1−オン、1−ヒドロキシシクロヘキシルフェニルケトン、2−ヒドロキシ−2−メチル−1−(4−イソプロペニルフェニル)プロパン−1−オンのオリゴマー、α,α−ジエトキシアセトフェノンおよびベンジルジメチルケタールが挙げられる。 Examples of the compound having a structure represented by the formula (d3) include 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1-phenylpropan-1-one, 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- [4- (2-hydroxyethoxy ) Phenyl] propan-1-one, 1-hydroxycyclohexyl phenyl ketone, oligomers of 2-hydroxy-2-methyl-1- (4-isopropenylphenyl) propan-1-one, α, α-diethoxyacetophenone and benzyl Examples include dimethyl ketal.
 感度の点で、アルキルフェノン化合物は、式(d2)で表される構造を有する化合物であることが好ましい。 From the viewpoint of sensitivity, the alkylphenone compound is preferably a compound having a structure represented by the formula (d2).
 ビイミダゾール化合物としては、式(d5)で表される化合物が挙げられる。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000095
(式中、R51~R56は、置換基を有していてもよい炭素数6~10のアリール基を表わす。)
Examples of the biimidazole compound include a compound represented by the formula (d5).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000095
(In the formula, R 51 to R 56 represent an aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms which may have a substituent.)
 炭素数6~10のアリール基としては、フェニル基、トリル基、キシリル基、エチルフェニル基およびナフチル基が挙げられ、好ましくはフェニル基である。置換基としては、ハロゲン原子および炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基が挙げられる。ハロゲン原子としては、例えば、フッ素原子、塩素原子、臭素原子およびヨウ素原子が挙げられ、好ましくは塩素原子である。炭素数1~4のアルコキシ基としては、メトキシ基、エトキシ基、プロポキシ基およびブトキシ基が挙げられ、好ましくはメトキシ基である。 Examples of the aryl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms include a phenyl group, a tolyl group, a xylyl group, an ethylphenyl group and a naphthyl group, preferably a phenyl group. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom and an alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms. As a halogen atom, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, and an iodine atom are mentioned, for example, Preferably it is a chlorine atom. Examples of the alkoxy group having 1 to 4 carbon atoms include a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, a propoxy group, and a butoxy group, and a methoxy group is preferable.
 ビイミダゾール化合物としては、2,2’−ビス(2−クロロフェニル)−4,4’,5,5’−テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’−ビス(2,3−ジクロロフェニル)−4,4’,5,5’−テトラフェニルビイミダゾール(例えば、JPH06−75372−A、JPH06−75373−A等参照。)、2,2’−ビス(2−クロロフェニル)−4,4’,5,5’−テトラフェニルビイミダゾール、2,2’−ビス(2−クロロフェニル)−4,4’,5,5’−テトラ(アルコキシフェニル)ビイミダゾール、2,2’−ビス(2−クロロフェニル)−4,4’,5,5’−テトラ(ジアルコキシフェニル)ビイミダゾール、2,2’−ビス(2−クロロフェニル)−4,4’,5,5’−テトラ(トリアルコキシフェニル)ビイミダゾール(例えば、JPS48−38403−B、JPS62−174204−A等参照。)および4,4’5,5’−位のフェニル基がカルボアルコキシ基により置換されているイミダゾール化合物(例えば、JPH07−10913−A等参照)が挙げられる。なかでも、下記式で表される化合物およびこれらの混合物が好ましい。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000096
Examples of the biimidazole compound include 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetraphenylbiimidazole and 2,2′-bis (2,3-dichlorophenyl) -4,4. ', 5,5'-tetraphenylbiimidazole (see, for example, JPH06-75372-A, JPH06-75373-A, etc.), 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5 '-Tetraphenylbiimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4', 5,5'-tetra (alkoxyphenyl) biimidazole, 2,2'-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4 , 4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (dialkoxyphenyl) biimidazole, 2,2′-bis (2-chlorophenyl) -4,4 ′, 5,5′-tetra (trialkoxyphenyl) biimidazole (for example, , JPS 48-38403-B, JPS 62-174204-A, etc.) and imidazole compounds in which the phenyl group at the 4,4′5,5′-position is substituted with a carboalkoxy group (for example, JPH07-10913-A) Reference). Of these, compounds represented by the following formula and mixtures thereof are preferred.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000096
 トリアジン化合物としては、2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−(4−メトキシフェニル)−1,3,5−トリアジン、2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−(4−メトキシナフチル)−1,3,5−トリアジン、2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−ピペロニル−1,3,5−トリアジン、2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−(4−メトキシスチリル)−1,3,5−トリアジン、2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−〔2−(5−メチルフラン−2−イル)エテニル〕−1,3,5−トリアジン、2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−〔2−(フラン−2−イル)エテニル〕−1,3,5−トリアジン、2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−〔2−(4−ジエチルアミノ−2−メチルフェニル)エテニル〕−1,3,5−トリアジンおよび2,4−ビス(トリクロロメチル)−6−〔2−(3,4−ジメトキシフェニル)エテニル〕−1,3,5−トリアジンが挙げられる。 As triazine compounds, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxyphenyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxynaphthyl) -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6-piperonyl-1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- (4-methoxystyryl)- 1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (5-methylfuran-2-yl) ethenyl] -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis ( Trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (furan-2-yl) ethenyl] -1,3,5-triazine, 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (4-diethylamino-2-methyl) Phenyl) ete Le] -1,3,5-triazine and 2,4-bis (trichloromethyl) -6- [2- (3,4-dimethoxyphenyl) ethenyl] -1,3,5-triazine.
 アシルホスフィンオキサイド化合物としては、2,4,6−トリメチルベンゾイルジフェニルホスフィンオキサイドが挙げられる。 Examples of the acylphosphine oxide compound include 2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyldiphenylphosphine oxide.
 他の重合開始剤としては、ベンゾイン、ベンゾインメチルエーテル、ベンゾインエチルエーテル、ベンゾインイソプロピルエーテル、ベンゾインイソブチルエーテル等のベンゾイン化合物;ベンゾフェノン、o−ベンゾイル安息香酸メチル、4−フェニルベンゾフェノン、4−ベンゾイル−4’−メチルジフェニルサルファイド、3,3’,4,4’−テトラ(tert−ブチルパーオキシカルボニル)ベンゾフェノン、2,4,6−トリメチルベンゾフェノン等のベンゾフェノン化合物;9,10−フェナンスレンキノン、2−エチルアントラキノン、カンファーキノン等のキノン化合物;10−ブチル−2−クロロアクリドン、ベンジル、フェニルグリオキシル酸メチル、チタノセン化合物等が挙げられる。これらは、後述の重合開始助剤(特にアミン系重合開始助剤)と組み合わせて用いることが好ましい。 Other polymerization initiators include benzoin compounds such as benzoin, benzoin methyl ether, benzoin ethyl ether, benzoin isopropyl ether, benzoin isobutyl ether; benzophenone, methyl o-benzoylbenzoate, 4-phenylbenzophenone, 4-benzoyl-4 ′. -Benzophenone compounds such as methyldiphenyl sulfide, 3,3 ', 4,4'-tetra (tert-butylperoxycarbonyl) benzophenone, 2,4,6-trimethylbenzophenone; 9,10-phenanthrenequinone, 2- Examples include quinone compounds such as ethyl anthraquinone and camphorquinone; 10-butyl-2-chloroacridone, benzyl, methyl phenylglyoxylate, and titanocene compounds. These are preferably used in combination with a polymerization initiation assistant described below (particularly an amine polymerization initiation assistant).
 重合開始剤(D)は、好ましくは、アルキルフェノン化合物、トリアジン化合物、アシルホスフィンオキサイド化合物、O−アシルオキシム化合物およびビイミダゾール化合物からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種を含み、より好ましくは、O−アシルオキシム化合物を含む。 The polymerization initiator (D) preferably contains at least one selected from the group consisting of alkylphenone compounds, triazine compounds, acylphosphine oxide compounds, O-acyloxime compounds and biimidazole compounds, and more preferably O-acyloxy. Compound.
 重合開始剤(D)の含有量は、樹脂(B)および重合性化合物(C)の合計量100質量部に対して、通常0.1~40質量部であり、好ましくは0.1~30質量部であり、より好ましくは1~30質量部であり、特に好ましくは1~20質量部である。 The content of the polymerization initiator (D) is usually 0.1 to 40 parts by mass, preferably 0.1 to 30 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). Parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 30 parts by mass, and particularly preferably 1 to 20 parts by mass.
<重合開始助剤>
 重合開始助剤は、重合開始剤(D)によって重合が開始された重合性化合物(C)の重合を促進するために用いられる化合物または増感剤である。本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物が重合開始助剤を含む場合、通常、重合開始剤(D)と組み合わせて用いられる。
 重合開始助剤としては、アミン系重合開始助剤、アルコキシアントラセン系重合開始助剤、チオキサントン系重合開始助剤およびカルボン酸系重合開始助剤が挙げられる。
<Polymerization initiation aid>
The polymerization initiation assistant is a compound or a sensitizer used for accelerating the polymerization of the polymerizable compound (C) whose polymerization has been initiated by the polymerization initiator (D). When the colored curable resin composition of the present invention contains a polymerization initiation assistant, it is usually used in combination with a polymerization initiator (D).
Examples of the polymerization initiation assistant include amine polymerization initiation assistants, alkoxyanthracene polymerization initiation assistants, thioxanthone polymerization initiation assistants, and carboxylic acid polymerization initiation assistants.
 アミン系重合開始助剤としては、トリエタノールアミン、メチルジエタノールアミン、トリイソプロパノールアミン、4−ジメチルアミノ安息香酸メチル、4−ジメチルアミノ安息香酸エチル、4−ジメチルアミノ安息香酸イソアミル、安息香酸2−ジメチルアミノエチル、4−ジメチルアミノ安息香酸2−エチルヘキシル、N,N−ジメチルパラトルイジン、4,4’−ビス(ジメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノン(通称ミヒラーズケトン)、4,4’−ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノンおよび4,4’−ビス(エチルメチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノンが挙げられ、なかでも4,4’−ビス(ジエチルアミノ)ベンゾフェノンが好ましい。EAB−F(保土谷化学工業(株)製)等の市販品を用いてもよい。 Examples of the amine polymerization initiation assistant include triethanolamine, methyldiethanolamine, triisopropanolamine, methyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, ethyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, isoamyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, 2-dimethylaminobenzoate. Ethyl, 2-ethylhexyl 4-dimethylaminobenzoate, N, N-dimethylparatoluidine, 4,4′-bis (dimethylamino) benzophenone (commonly known as Michler's ketone), 4,4′-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone and 4,4 '-Bis (ethylmethylamino) benzophenone is mentioned, and 4,4'-bis (diethylamino) benzophenone is particularly preferable. Commercial products such as EAB-F (Hodogaya Chemical Co., Ltd.) may be used.
 アルコキシアントラセン系重合開始助剤としては、9,10−ジメトキシアントラセン、2−エチル−9,10−ジメトキシアントラセン、9,10−ジエトキシアントラセン、2−エチル−9,10−ジエトキシアントラセン、9,10−ジブトキシアントラセンおよび2−エチル−9,10−ジブトキシアントラセンが挙げられる。 As an alkoxyanthracene polymerization initiation assistant, 9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-dimethoxyanthracene, 9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 2-ethyl-9,10-diethoxyanthracene, 9, Examples include 10-dibutoxyanthracene and 2-ethyl-9,10-dibutoxyanthracene.
 チオキサントン系重合開始助剤としては、2−イソプロピルチオキサントン、4−イソプロピルチオキサントン、2,4−ジエチルチオキサントン、2,4−ジクロロチオキサントンおよび1−クロロ−4−プロポキシチオキサントンが挙げられる。 Examples of the thioxanthone polymerization initiation assistant include 2-isopropylthioxanthone, 4-isopropylthioxanthone, 2,4-diethylthioxanthone, 2,4-dichlorothioxanthone, and 1-chloro-4-propoxythioxanthone.
 カルボン酸系重合開始助剤としては、フェニルスルファニル酢酸、メチルフェニルスルファニル酢酸、エチルフェニルスルファニル酢酸、メチルエチルフェニルスルファニル酢酸、ジメチルフェニルスルファニル酢酸、メトキシフェニルスルファニル酢酸、ジメトキシフェニルスルファニル酢酸、クロロフェニルスルファニル酢酸、ジクロロフェニルスルファニル酢酸、N−フェニルグリシン、フェノキシ酢酸、ナフチルチオ酢酸、N−ナフチルグリシンおよびナフトキシ酢酸が挙げられる。 Carboxylic acid polymerization initiators include phenylsulfanylacetic acid, methylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, ethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, methylethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, dimethylphenylsulfanylacetic acid, methoxyphenylsulfanylacetic acid, dimethoxyphenylsulfanylacetic acid, chlorophenylsulfanylacetic acid, dichlorophenyl And sulfanylacetic acid, N-phenylglycine, phenoxyacetic acid, naphthylthioacetic acid, N-naphthylglycine and naphthoxyacetic acid.
 重合開始助剤を用いる場合、その含有量は、樹脂(B)および重合性化合物(C)の合計量100質量部に対して、好ましくは0.1~30質量部、より好ましくは1~20質量部である。重合開始助剤の含有量がこの範囲内であると、より高感度で着色パターンを形成することができ、カラーフィルタの生産性が向上する傾向にある。 When a polymerization initiation assistant is used, the content thereof is preferably 0.1 to 30 parts by mass, more preferably 1 to 20 parts per 100 parts by mass of the total amount of the resin (B) and the polymerizable compound (C). Part by mass. When the content of the polymerization initiation assistant is within this range, a colored pattern can be formed with higher sensitivity, and the productivity of the color filter tends to be improved.
<溶剤(E)>
 溶剤(E)は、限定されず、当該分野で通常使用される溶剤を用いることができる。具体的には、エステル溶剤(分子内に−COO−を含み、−O−を含まない溶剤)、エーテル溶剤(分子内に−O−を含み、−COO−を含まない溶剤)、エーテルエステル溶剤(分子内に−COO−と−O−とを含む溶剤)、ケトン溶剤(分子内に−CO−を含み、−COO−を含まない溶剤)、アルコール溶剤(分子内にOHを含み、−O−、−CO−および−COO−を含まない溶剤)、芳香族炭化水素溶剤、アミド溶剤およびジメチルスルホキシドが挙げられる。
<Solvent (E)>
A solvent (E) is not limited, The solvent normally used in the said field | area can be used. Specifically, an ester solvent (a solvent containing —COO— in the molecule and not containing —O—), an ether solvent (a solvent containing —O— in the molecule and not containing —COO—), an ether ester solvent (Solvent containing -COO- and -O- in the molecule), ketone solvent (solvent containing -CO- in the molecule and not containing -COO-), alcohol solvent (containing OH in the molecule, -O -, -CO- and -COO- free solvents), aromatic hydrocarbon solvents, amide solvents and dimethyl sulfoxide.
 エステル溶剤としては、乳酸メチル、乳酸エチル、乳酸ブチル、2−ヒドロキシイソブタン酸メチル、酢酸エチル、酢酸ブチル、酢酸イソブチル、ギ酸ペンチル、酢酸イソペンチル、プロピオン酸ブチル、酪酸イソプロピル、酪酸エチル、酪酸ブチル、ピルビン酸メチル、ピルビン酸エチル、ピルビン酸プロピル、アセト酢酸メチル、アセト酢酸エチル、シクロヘキサノールアセテートおよびγ−ブチロラクトンが挙げられる。 Examples of ester solvents include methyl lactate, ethyl lactate, butyl lactate, methyl 2-hydroxyisobutanoate, ethyl acetate, butyl acetate, isobutyl acetate, pentyl formate, isopentyl acetate, butyl propionate, isopropyl butyrate, ethyl butyrate, butyl butyrate, pyruvin Examples include methyl acid, ethyl pyruvate, propyl pyruvate, methyl acetoacetate, ethyl acetoacetate, cyclohexanol acetate and γ-butyrolactone.
 エーテル溶剤としては、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテル、プロピレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、3−メトキシ−1−ブタノール、3−メトキシ−3−メチルブタノール、テトラヒドロフラン、テトラヒドロピラン、1,4−ジオキサン、ジエチレングリコールジメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールメチルエチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジプロピルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールジブチルエーテル、アニソール、フェネトールおよびメチルアニソールが挙げられる。 Ether solvents include ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether, ethylene glycol monopropyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, propylene glycol monoethyl ether , Propylene glycol monopropyl ether, propylene glycol monobutyl ether, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, 3-methoxy-3-methylbutanol, tetrahydrofuran, tetrahydropyran, 1,4-dioxane, diethylene glycol dimethyl ether, diethylene glycol diethyl ether, die Glycol methyl ethyl ether, diethylene glycol dipropyl ether, diethylene glycol dibutyl ether, anisole, include phenetol and methyl anisole.
 エーテルエステル溶剤としては、メトキシ酢酸メチル、メトキシ酢酸エチル、メトキシ酢酸ブチル、エトキシ酢酸メチル、エトキシ酢酸エチル、3−メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3−メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、3−エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、3−エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2−メトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2−メトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2−メトキシプロピオン酸プロピル、2−エトキシプロピオン酸メチル、2−エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、2−メトキシ−2−メチルプロピオン酸メチル、2−エトキシ−2−メチルプロピオン酸エチル、3−メトキシブチルアセテート、3−メチル−3−メトキシブチルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノプロピルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、エチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテルアセテート、ジエチレングリコールモノブチルエーテルアセテートおよびジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテートが挙げられる。 Examples of ether ester solvents include methyl methoxyacetate, ethyl methoxyacetate, butyl methoxyacetate, methyl ethoxyacetate, ethyl ethoxyacetate, methyl 3-methoxypropionate, ethyl 3-methoxypropionate, methyl 3-ethoxypropionate, 3-ethoxy Ethyl propionate, methyl 2-methoxypropionate, ethyl 2-methoxypropionate, propyl 2-methoxypropionate, methyl 2-ethoxypropionate, ethyl 2-ethoxypropionate, methyl 2-methoxy-2-methylpropionate, Ethyl 2-ethoxy-2-methylpropionate, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3-methyl-3-methoxybutyl acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monoethyl acetate Le acetate, propylene glycol monopropyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether acetate, diethylene glycol monobutyl ether acetate and dipropylene glycol methyl ether acetate.
 ケトン溶剤としては、4−ヒドロキシ−4−メチル−2−ペンタノン、アセトン、2−ブタノン、2−ヘプタノン、3−ヘプタノン、4−ヘプタノン、4−メチル−2−ペンタノン、シクロペンタノン、シクロヘキサノンおよびイソホロンが挙げられる。 Examples of ketone solvents include 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, acetone, 2-butanone, 2-heptanone, 3-heptanone, 4-heptanone, 4-methyl-2-pentanone, cyclopentanone, cyclohexanone and isophorone. Is mentioned.
 アルコール溶剤としては、メタノール、エタノール、プロパノール、ブタノール、ヘキサノール、シクロヘキサノール、エチレングリコール、プロピレングリコールおよびグリセリンが挙げられる。 Examples of alcohol solvents include methanol, ethanol, propanol, butanol, hexanol, cyclohexanol, ethylene glycol, propylene glycol, and glycerin.
 芳香族炭化水素溶剤としては、ベンゼン、トルエン、キシレンおよびメシチレンが挙げられる。 Examples of aromatic hydrocarbon solvents include benzene, toluene, xylene and mesitylene.
 アミド溶剤としては、N,N−ジメチルホルムアミド、N,N−ジメチルアセトアミドおよびN−メチルピロリドンが挙げられる。 Examples of the amide solvent include N, N-dimethylformamide, N, N-dimethylacetamide and N-methylpyrrolidone.
 これらの溶剤は、二種以上を組み合わせてもよい。 These solvents may be used in combination of two or more.
 なかでも、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチル、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、3−エトキシプロピオン酸エチル、エチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、ジエチレングリコールモノエチルエーテル、3−メトキシブチルアセテート、3−メトキシ−1−ブタノール、4−ヒドロキシ−4−メチル−2−ペンタノン、N,N−ジメチルホルムアミドおよびN−メチルピロリドンが好ましく、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル、エチレングリコールモノブチルエーテル、ジプロピレングリコールメチルエーテルアセテート、乳酸エチル、3−メトキシブチルアセテート、3−メトキシ−1−ブタノール、3−エトキシプロピオン酸エチルおよびN−メチルピロリドンがより好ましい。 Among them, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate, ethylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, diethylene glycol monomethyl ether, diethylene glycol monoethyl ether, 3-methoxybutyl acetate, 3 -Methoxy-1-butanol, 4-hydroxy-4-methyl-2-pentanone, N, N-dimethylformamide and N-methylpyrrolidone are preferred, propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate, propylene glycol monomethyl ether, ethylene glycol monobutyl ether, di- Propylene glycol methyl ether acetate, ethyl lactate, 3-methyl Carboxybutyl acetate, 3-methoxy-1-butanol, ethyl 3-ethoxypropionate and N- methylpyrrolidone is more preferred.
 溶剤(E)の含有量は、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の総量に対して、通常70~95質量%であり、好ましくは75~92質量%であり、より好ましくは75~90質量%である。溶剤(E)の含有量が前記の範囲にあると、塗布時の平坦性が良好になり、また、カラーフィルタを形成した際に色濃度が不足しないために表示特性が良好となる傾向がある。 The content of the solvent (E) is usually 70 to 95% by mass, preferably 75 to 92% by mass, and more preferably 75 to 90% by mass with respect to the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. . When the content of the solvent (E) is in the above range, the flatness at the time of coating is good, and when the color filter is formed, the color density does not become insufficient and the display characteristics tend to be good. .
<レベリング剤>
 レベリング剤としては、シリコーン系界面活性剤、フッ素系界面活性剤およびフッ素原子を有するシリコーン系界面活性剤が挙げられる。これらは、側鎖に重合性基を有していてもよい。
<Leveling agent>
Examples of the leveling agent include silicone surfactants, fluorine surfactants, and silicone surfactants having a fluorine atom. These may have a polymerizable group in the side chain.
 シリコーン系界面活性剤としては、分子内にシロキサン結合を有する界面活性剤が挙げられる。具体的には、トーレシリコーンDC3PA、同SH7PA、同DC11PA、同SH21PA、同SH28PA、同SH29PA、同SH30PA、同SH8400(商品名:東レ・ダウコーニング(株)製)、KP321、KP322、KP323、KP324、KP326、KP340、KP341(信越化学工業(株)製)、TSF400、TSF401、TSF410、TSF4300、TSF4440、TSF4445、TSF−4446、TSF4452およびTSF4460(モメンティブ・パフォーマンス・マテリアルズ・ジャパン合同会社製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone surfactant include surfactants having a siloxane bond in the molecule. Specifically, Toray Silicone DC3PA, SH7PA, DC11PA, SH21PA, SH28PA, SH29PA, SH30PA, SH8400 (trade name: manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.), KP321, KP322, KP323, KP324 , KP326, KP340, KP341 (manufactured by Shin-Etsu Chemical Co., Ltd.), TSF400, TSF401, TSF410, TSF4300, TSF4440, TSF4445, TSF-4446, TSF4452 and TSF4460 (made by Momentive Performance Materials Japan GK) It is done.
 フッ素系界面活性剤としては、分子内にフルオロカーボン鎖を有する界面活性剤が挙げられる。具体的には、フロラード(登録商標)FC430、同FC431(住友スリーエム(株)製)、メガファック(登録商標)F142D、同F171、同F172、同F173、同F177、同F183、同F554、同R30、同RS−718−K(DIC(株)製)、エフトップ(登録商標)EF301、同EF303、同EF351、同EF352(三菱マテリアル電子化成(株)製)、サーフロン(登録商標)S381、同S382、同SC101、同SC105(旭硝子(株)製)およびE5844((株)ダイキンファインケミカル研究所製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the fluorosurfactant include surfactants having a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule. Specifically, Florard (registered trademark) FC430, FC431 (manufactured by Sumitomo 3M Co., Ltd.), MegaFac (registered trademark) F142D, F171, F172, F173, F177, F183, F183, F554, R30, RS-718-K (manufactured by DIC Corporation), Ftop (registered trademark) EF301, EF303, EF351, EF352 (manufactured by Mitsubishi Materials Electronic Chemicals), Surflon (registered trademark) S381, S382, SC101, SC105 (Asahi Glass Co., Ltd.) and E5844 (Daikin Fine Chemical Laboratory Co., Ltd.).
 フッ素原子を有するシリコーン系界面活性剤としては、分子内にシロキサン結合およびフルオロカーボン鎖を有する界面活性剤が挙げられる。具体的には、メガファック(登録商標)R08、同BL20、同F475、同F477および同F443(DIC(株)製)が挙げられる。 Examples of the silicone surfactant having a fluorine atom include surfactants having a siloxane bond and a fluorocarbon chain in the molecule. Specifically, Megafac (registered trademark) R08, BL20, F475, F477, and F443 (manufactured by DIC Corporation) can be mentioned.
 レベリング剤の含有量は、着色硬化性樹脂組成物の総量に対して、通常0.0005質量%以上0.6質量%以下であり、好ましくは0.001質量%以上0.5質量%であり、より好ましくは0.001質量%以上0.2質量%以下であり、さらに好ましくは0.002質量%以上0.1質量%以下であり、特に好ましくは0.005質量%以上0.07質量%以下である。レベリング剤の含有量が前記の範囲内にあると、カラーフィルタの平坦性を良好にすることができる。 The content of the leveling agent is usually from 0.0005% by mass to 0.6% by mass, preferably from 0.001% by mass to 0.5% by mass, based on the total amount of the colored curable resin composition. More preferably, it is 0.001 mass% or more and 0.2 mass% or less, More preferably, it is 0.002 mass% or more and 0.1 mass% or less, Especially preferably, it is 0.005 mass% or more and 0.07 mass%. % Or less. When the leveling agent content is within the above range, the flatness of the color filter can be improved.
<その他の成分>
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、必要に応じて、充填剤、他の高分子化合物、密着促進剤、酸化防止剤、光安定剤、連鎖移動剤等、当該技術分野で公知の添加剤を含んでもよい。
<Other ingredients>
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes additives known in the art, such as fillers, other polymer compounds, adhesion promoters, antioxidants, light stabilizers, chain transfer agents, etc., if necessary. May be included.
<着色硬化性樹脂組成物の製造方法>
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、例えば、着色剤(A)、樹脂(B)、重合性化合物(C)、重合開始剤(D)、溶剤(E)、および、必要に応じて、レベリング剤、重合開始助剤およびその他の成分を混合することにより調製できる。着色剤(A)に加えて、さらに、顔料や染料を混合することもできる。顔料は、予め溶剤(E)の一部または全部と混合し、顔料の平均粒子径が0.2μm以下程度となるまで、ビーズミルなどを用いて分散させた顔料分散液の状態で用いることが好ましい。この際、必要に応じて前記顔料分散剤、樹脂(B)の一部または全部を配合してもよい。
 化合物(I)は、予め溶剤(E)の一部または全部に溶解させて溶液を調製することが好ましい。該溶液を、孔径0.01~1μm程度のフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。
 混合後の着色硬化性樹脂組成物を、孔径0.01~10μm程度のフィルタでろ過することが好ましい。
<Method for producing colored curable resin composition>
The colored curable resin composition of the present invention includes, for example, a colorant (A), a resin (B), a polymerizable compound (C), a polymerization initiator (D), a solvent (E), and, if necessary, It can be prepared by mixing a leveling agent, a polymerization initiation aid and other components. In addition to the colorant (A), pigments and dyes can also be mixed. The pigment is preferably mixed in advance with a part or all of the solvent (E) and used in the state of a pigment dispersion dispersed using a bead mill or the like until the average particle size of the pigment is about 0.2 μm or less. . Under the present circumstances, you may mix | blend a part or all of the said pigment dispersant and resin (B) as needed.
It is preferable to prepare a solution by dissolving Compound (I) in part or all of the solvent (E) in advance. The solution is preferably filtered through a filter having a pore size of about 0.01 to 1 μm.
The colored curable resin composition after mixing is preferably filtered with a filter having a pore size of about 0.01 to 10 μm.
<カラーフィルタの製造方法>
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から着色パターンを製造する方法としては、フォトリソグラフ法、インクジェット法、印刷法等が挙げられる。中でも、フォトリソグラフ法が好ましい。フォトリソグラフ法は、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を基板に塗布し、乾燥させて着色組成物層を形成し、フォトマスクを介して該着色組成物層を露光して、現像する方法である。フォトリソグラフ法において、露光の際にフォトマスクを用いないこと、および/または現像しないことにより、上記着色組成物層の硬化物である着色塗膜を形成することができる。このように形成した着色パターンや着色塗膜が本発明のカラーフィルタである。
<Color filter manufacturing method>
Examples of the method for producing a colored pattern from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention include a photolithographic method, an inkjet method, and a printing method. Of these, the photolithographic method is preferable. The photolithographic method is a method in which a colored curable resin composition is applied to a substrate, dried to form a colored composition layer, and the colored composition layer is exposed and developed through a photomask. In the photolithography method, a colored coating film that is a cured product of the colored composition layer can be formed by not using a photomask and / or not developing during exposure. The colored pattern and the colored coating film thus formed are the color filter of the present invention.
 作製するカラーフィルタの膜厚は、目的や用途等に応じて適宜調整することができ、通常0.1~30μm、ましくは0.1~20μm、より好ましくは0.5~6μmである。 The film thickness of the color filter to be produced can be appropriately adjusted according to the purpose and application, and is usually 0.1 to 30 μm, preferably 0.1 to 20 μm, more preferably 0.5 to 6 μm.
 基板としては、石英ガラス、ホウケイ酸ガラス、アルミナケイ酸塩ガラス、表面をシリカコートしたソーダライムガラス等のガラス板や、ポリカーボネート、ポリメタクリル酸メチル、ポリエチレンテレフタレート等の樹脂板、シリコン、前記基板上にアルミニウム、銀、銀/銅/パラジウム合金薄膜等を形成したものが用いられる。これらの基板上には、別のカラーフィルタ層、樹脂層、トランジスタ、回路等が形成されていてもよい。 As a substrate, quartz glass, borosilicate glass, alumina silicate glass, glass plate such as soda lime glass coated with silica on the surface, resin plate such as polycarbonate, polymethyl methacrylate, polyethylene terephthalate, silicon, on the substrate In addition, an aluminum, silver, silver / copper / palladium alloy thin film or the like is used. On these substrates, another color filter layer, a resin layer, a transistor, a circuit, and the like may be formed.
 フォトリソグラフ法による各色画素の形成は、公知または慣用の装置や条件で行うことができる。例えば、下記のようにして作製することができる。 The formation of each color pixel by the photolithographic method can be performed by a known or commonly used apparatus and conditions. For example, it can be produced as follows.
 まず、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を基板上に塗布し、加熱乾燥(プリベーク)および/または減圧乾燥することにより溶剤等の揮発成分を除去して乾燥させ、平滑な着色組成物層を得る。塗布方法としては、スピンコート法、スリットコート法およびスリット アンド スピンコート法が挙げられる。加熱乾燥を行う場合の温度は、30~120℃が好ましく、50~110℃がより好ましい。また加熱時間としては、10秒間~60分間であることが好ましく、30秒間~30分間であることがより好ましい。減圧乾燥を行う場合は、50~150Paの圧力下に、20~25℃の温度範囲で行うことが好ましい。着色組成物層の膜厚は、特に限定されず、目的とするカラーフィルタの膜厚に応じて適宜選択すればよい。 First, a colored curable resin composition is applied on a substrate, dried by heating (pre-baking) and / or drying under reduced pressure to remove volatile components such as a solvent, and a smooth colored composition layer is obtained. Examples of the coating method include a spin coating method, a slit coating method, and a slit and spin coating method. The temperature for performing heat drying is preferably 30 to 120 ° C, more preferably 50 to 110 ° C. Further, the heating time is preferably 10 seconds to 60 minutes, and more preferably 30 seconds to 30 minutes. When drying under reduced pressure, it is preferably performed at a temperature of 20 to 25 ° C. under a pressure of 50 to 150 Pa. The film thickness of the coloring composition layer is not particularly limited, and may be appropriately selected according to the film thickness of the target color filter.
 次に、着色組成物層は、目的の着色パターンを形成するためのフォトマスクを介して露光される。該フォトマスク上のパターンは特に限定されず、目的とする用途に応じたパターンが用いられる。露光に用いられる光源としては、250~450nmの波長の光を発生する光源が好ましい。例えば、350nm未満の光を、この波長域をカットするフィルタを用いてカットしたり、436nm付近、408nm付近、365nm付近の光を、これらの波長域を取り出すバンドパスフィルタを用いて選択的に取り出したりしてもよい。光源の具体例としては、水銀灯、発光ダイオード、メタルハライドランプおよびハロゲンランプが挙げられる。露光面全体に均一に平行光線を照射したり、フォトマスクと着色組成物層が形成された基板との正確な位置合わせを行うことができるため、マスクアライナおよびステッパ等の露光装置を使用することが好ましい。露光後の着色組成物層を現像液に接触させて現像することにより、基板上に着色パターンが形成される。現像により、着色組成物層の未露光部が現像液に溶解して除去される。現像液としては、水酸化カリウム、炭酸水素ナトリウム、炭酸ナトリウム、水酸化テトラメチルアンモニウム等のアルカリ性化合物の水溶液が好ましい。アルカリ性化合物の濃度は、好ましくは0.01~10質量%であり、より好ましくは0.02~5質量%である。現像液は、界面活性剤を含んでいてもよい。現像方法は、パドル法、ディッピング法およびスプレー法のいずれでもよい。さらに現像時に基板を任意の角度に傾けてもよい。現像後は、水洗することが好ましい。 Next, the coloring composition layer is exposed through a photomask for forming a target coloring pattern. The pattern on the photomask is not particularly limited, and a pattern according to the intended use is used. The light source used for exposure is preferably a light source that generates light having a wavelength of 250 to 450 nm. For example, light less than 350 nm can be cut using a filter that cuts this wavelength range, or light near 436 nm, 408 nm, and 365 nm can be selectively extracted using a bandpass filter that extracts these wavelength ranges. Or you may. Specific examples of the light source include a mercury lamp, a light emitting diode, a metal halide lamp, and a halogen lamp. Use an exposure device such as a mask aligner or stepper because it can irradiate parallel light uniformly over the entire exposure surface and perform precise alignment between the photomask and the substrate on which the colored composition layer is formed. Is preferred. A colored pattern is formed on the substrate by developing the exposed colored composition layer in contact with a developer. By the development, the unexposed portion of the colored composition layer is dissolved in the developer and removed. The developer is preferably an aqueous solution of an alkaline compound such as potassium hydroxide, sodium bicarbonate, sodium carbonate, tetramethylammonium hydroxide. The concentration of the alkaline compound is preferably 0.01 to 10% by mass, more preferably 0.02 to 5% by mass. The developer may contain a surfactant. The development method may be any of paddle method, dipping method and spray method. Further, the substrate may be tilted at an arbitrary angle during development. After development, it is preferable to wash with water.
 得られた着色パターンに、さらにポストベークを行うことが好ましい。ポストベーク温度は、150~250℃が好ましく、160~235℃がより好ましい。ポストベーク時間は、1~120分間が好ましく、10~60分間がより好ましい。 It is preferable to further post-bake the resulting colored pattern. The post-bake temperature is preferably 150 to 250 ° C, more preferably 160 to 235 ° C. The post-bake time is preferably 1 to 120 minutes, more preferably 10 to 60 minutes.
 本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタは、表示装置(例えば、液晶表示装置、有機EL装置、電子ペーパー等)および固体撮像素子に用いられるカラーフィルタとして有用である。 The color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition of the present invention is useful as a color filter used for display devices (for example, liquid crystal display devices, organic EL devices, electronic paper, etc.) and solid-state image sensors.
 次に実施例を挙げて、本発明をさらに具体的に説明する。例中の「%」および「部」は、特記ない限り、質量%および質量部である。 Next, the present invention will be described more specifically with reference to examples. Unless otherwise specified, “%” and “parts” in the examples are% by mass and part by mass.
 以下の合成例において、化合物の構造は、NMR(JMM−ECA−500;日本電子(株)製)または質量分析(LC;Agilent製1200型、MASS;Agilent製LC/MSD6130型)で確認した。 In the following synthesis examples, the structure of the compound was confirmed by NMR (JMM-ECA-500; manufactured by JEOL Ltd.) or mass spectrometry (LC; Agilent 1200 model, MASS: Agilent LC / MSD6130 model).
 樹脂のポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量(Mw)および数平均分子量(Mn)の測定は、GPC法により以下の条件で行った。
 装置:HLC−8120GPC(東ソー(株)製)
 カラム:TSK−GELG2000HXL
 カラム温度:40℃
 溶媒:テトラヒドロフラン
 流速:1.0mL/分
 分析試料の固形分濃度:0.001~0.01質量%
 注入量:50μL
 検出器:RI
 校正用標準物質:TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F−40、F−4、F−288、A−2500、A−500(東ソー(株)製)
 上記で得られたポリスチレン換算の重量平均分子量および数平均分子量の比(Mw/Mn)を分子量分布とした。
The polystyrene-reduced weight average molecular weight (Mw) and number average molecular weight (Mn) of the resin were measured by the GPC method under the following conditions.
Apparatus: HLC-8120GPC (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
Column: TSK-GELG2000HXL
Column temperature: 40 ° C
Solvent: Tetrahydrofuran Flow rate: 1.0 mL / min Analysis sample solid content concentration: 0.001 to 0.01% by mass
Injection volume: 50 μL
Detector: RI
Calibration standard materials: TSK STANDARD POLYSTYRENE F-40, F-4, F-288, A-2500, A-500 (manufactured by Tosoh Corporation)
The polystyrene-converted weight average molecular weight and number average molecular weight ratio (Mw / Mn) obtained above was defined as molecular weight distribution.
合成例1
 ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)ヘキサフルオロプロパン10.1部とメタノール51.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩12.6部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で5時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却後、水300部と酢酸エチル270部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。水層に酢酸エチル135部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。水層に酢酸エチル135部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。酢酸エチル層を合わせ、水300部で3回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。ろ液の溶媒を留去して残渣を得た。この残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1)で表される化合物14.5部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000097
Synthesis example 1
10.1 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) hexafluoropropane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate 12.6. Part was added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 5 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. After cooling the reaction mixture to room temperature, 300 parts of water and 270 parts of ethyl acetate were added, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. To the aqueous layer was added 135 parts of ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. To the aqueous layer was added 135 parts of ethyl acetate, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. The ethyl acetate layers were combined, washed three times with 300 parts of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The filtrate was evaporated to give a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 14.5 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000097
<式(pt1)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 559.1
              Exact Mass: 558.1
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 559.1
Exact Mass: 558.1
 窒素雰囲気下で、ジメチルスルホキシド75.0部、水酸化カリウム8.45部を混合し、室温下で0.5時間撹拌した。この混合物に、3−メトキシジフェニルアミン25.0部を加え、室温下で0.5時間撹拌した。この混合物に、ヨードエタン21.5部を加え、室温下で2時間撹拌した。得られた混合物に水酸化カリウム4.23部を加え、室温下で1時間撹拌した後、ヨードエタン10.8部を加え、室温下で12時間撹拌した。得られた混合物に水酸化カリウム4.23部を加え、室温下で1時間撹拌した後、ヨードエタン10.8部を加え、室温下で2時間撹拌した。得られた混合物に水酸化カリウム4.23部を加え、室温下で1時間撹拌した後、ヨードエタン10.8部を加え、室温下で13時間撹拌した。得られた混合物に水158部と酢酸エチル135部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。水層に酢酸エチル90部を加え、酢酸エチル層を分取した。酢酸エチル層を合わせ、水100部で3回洗浄した。この酢酸エチル溶液を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。このろ液の溶媒を留去して式(pt3−1)で表される化合物28.4部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000098
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 75.0 parts of dimethyl sulfoxide and 8.45 parts of potassium hydroxide were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. To this mixture, 25.0 parts of 3-methoxydiphenylamine was added and stirred at room temperature for 0.5 hour. To this mixture, 21.5 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the obtained mixture, 4.23 parts of potassium hydroxide was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then 10.8 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. To the obtained mixture, 4.23 parts of potassium hydroxide was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then 10.8 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To the obtained mixture, 4.23 parts of potassium hydroxide was added and stirred at room temperature for 1 hour, and then 10.8 parts of iodoethane was added and stirred at room temperature for 13 hours. To the obtained mixture, 158 parts of water and 135 parts of ethyl acetate were added, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. 90 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the aqueous layer, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated. The ethyl acetate layers were combined and washed 3 times with 100 parts of water. The ethyl acetate solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off to obtain 28.4 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000098
<式(pt3−1)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 228.1
              Exact Mass: 227.1
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-1)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 228.1
Exact Mass: 227.1
 窒素雰囲気下で、式(pt3−1)で表される化合物28.4部と塩化メチレン302部を混合した。この混合物を4~10℃に保ちながら、三臭化ほう素44.8部を加えた後、室温下で12時間撹拌した。得られた混合物を、水341部と塩化メチレン302部の混合物に、水341部と塩化メチレン302部の混合物の温度を4~19℃に保ちながら加えた。この混合物を室温で2時間撹拌し、塩化メチレン層を分取した。この塩化メチレン溶液を10wt%食塩水227部で4回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。このろ液の溶媒を留去して式(pt4−1)で表される化合物23.3部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000099
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 28.4 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1) and 302 parts of methylene chloride were mixed. While maintaining this mixture at 4 to 10 ° C., 44.8 parts of boron tribromide was added, followed by stirring at room temperature for 12 hours. The obtained mixture was added to a mixture of 341 parts of water and 302 parts of methylene chloride while keeping the temperature of the mixture of 341 parts of water and 302 parts of methylene chloride at 4 to 19 ° C. The mixture was stirred at room temperature for 2 hours, and the methylene chloride layer was separated. This methylene chloride solution was washed four times with 227 parts of 10 wt% brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off to obtain 23.3 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt4-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000099
<式(pt4−1)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 214.1
              Exact Mass: 213.1
<Identification of compound represented by formula (pt4-1)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 214.1
Exact Mass: 213.1
 窒素雰囲気下で、N,N−ジメチルホルムアミド47.7部に、温度を6~15℃に保ちながら、塩化ホスホリル25.1部を加えた。この混合物に、この混合物の温度を6~25℃に保ちながら、式(pt4−1)で表される化合物23.3部とN,N−ジメチルホルムアミド31.4部の混合物を加えた。この混合物を40℃下で2時間撹拌した後、室温まで冷却した。得られた混合物を、48wt%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液109部と水410部の混合物に、温度を14~19℃に保ちながら加え、1時間撹拌した。得られた混合物に、温度を12~17℃に保ちながら、35wt%塩酸67.2部を加えた。得られた混合物に、酢酸エチル210部とセライトを加え、ろ過した。得られたろ液を10wt%食塩水233部で2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させて、ろ過した。得られたろ液の溶媒を留去して残渣を得た。この残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt5−1)で表される化合物23.9部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000100
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 25.1 parts of phosphoryl chloride was added to 47.7 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide while maintaining the temperature at 6-15 ° C. A mixture of 23.3 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt4-1) and 31.4 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide was added to the mixture while maintaining the temperature of the mixture at 6 to 25 ° C. The mixture was stirred at 40 ° C. for 2 hours and then cooled to room temperature. The obtained mixture was added to a mixture of 109 parts of a 48 wt% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution and 410 parts of water while maintaining the temperature at 14-19 ° C. and stirred for 1 hour. While maintaining the temperature at 12 to 17 ° C., 67.2 parts of 35 wt% hydrochloric acid was added to the obtained mixture. To the resulting mixture, 210 parts of ethyl acetate and celite were added and filtered. The obtained filtrate was washed twice with 233 parts of 10 wt% brine, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The solvent of the obtained filtrate was distilled off to obtain a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 23.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt5-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000100
<式(pt5−1)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 242.1
              Exact Mass: 241.1
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt5-1)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 242.1
Exact Mass: 241.1
 窒素雰囲気下で、式(pt5−1)で表される化合物10.9部、式(pt1)で表される化合物12.0部、ピペリジン0.915部およびトルエン83.8部を混合した。この混合物を100℃下で19時間撹拌した。この混合液の溶媒を留去して残渣を得た。この残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(I−1)で表される化合物10.6部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000101
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 10.9 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt5-1), 12.0 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1), 0.915 parts of piperidine, and 83.8 parts of toluene were mixed. The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 19 hours. The solvent of this mixed solution was distilled off to obtain a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 10.6 parts of a compound represented by the formula (I-1).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000101
<式(I−1)で表される化合物の同定>
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 1.31(6H),3.84(4H),6.58−6.61(4H),7.16−7.24(4H),7.31−7.39(6H),7.46−7.52(4H),7.55(2H),7.99(2H),8.63(2H)
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (I-1)>
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 1.31 (6H), 3.84 (4H), 6.58-6.61 (4H), 7.16-7.24 (4H), 7.31 -7.39 (6H), 7.46-7.52 (4H), 7.55 (2H), 7.99 (2H), 8.63 (2H)
合成例2
 2,4−ジメチルアニリン42.4部、トリエチルアミン35.4部およびN,N−ジメチルホルムアミド132部を混合し、50℃下で撹拌した。この混合物の温度を50~60℃に保ちながら、ヨードエタン56.8部を加え、その後、60℃下で65時間撹拌した。この混合物を室温まで放冷後、水1000部とトルエン433部を加え、トルエン層を分取した。このトルエン層を飽和塩化ナトリウム水溶液1000部で3回洗浄した後、ロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt2−2)で表される化合物18.8部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000102
Synthesis example 2
2,2.4 parts of 2,4-dimethylaniline, 35.4 parts of triethylamine and 132 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. While maintaining the temperature of this mixture at 50 to 60 ° C., 56.8 parts of iodoethane were added, and then stirred at 60 ° C. for 65 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 1000 parts of water and 433 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. The toluene layer was washed three times with 1000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and then the solvent was distilled off with a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 18.8 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000102
<式(pt2−2)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 150.1
              Exact Mass: 149.1
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt2-2)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 150.1
Exact Mass: 149.1
 窒素雰囲気下で、式(pt2−2)で表される化合物29.8部、3−ブロモアニソール37.4部、酢酸パラジウム(II)1.35部、カリウムtert−ブトキシド33.7部、2,8,9−トリイソプロピル−2,5,8,9−テトラアザ−1−ホスファビシクロ[3.3.3]ウンデカン(1.0Mトルエン溶液)3.42部およびトルエン520部を混合し、100℃で6時間撹拌した。この混合液を室温まで放冷後、水1000部に加えた。この混合液をろ過した後、トルエン層を分取した。このトルエン溶液を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過した。このろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去し、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt3−2)で表される化合物41.9部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000103
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 29.8 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt2-2), 37.4 parts of 3-bromoanisole, 1.35 parts of palladium (II) acetate, 33.7 parts of potassium tert-butoxide, 2 , 8,9-triisopropyl-2,5,8,9-tetraaza-1-phosphabicyclo [3.3.3] undecane (1.0 M toluene solution) 3.42 parts and toluene 520 parts, Stir at 100 ° C. for 6 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then added to 1000 parts of water. After filtering this liquid mixture, the toluene layer was fractionated. The toluene solution was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off using a rotary evaporator, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 41.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000103
<式(pt3−2)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 256.2
              Exact Mass: 255.2
<Identification of compound represented by formula (pt3-2)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 256.2
Exact Mass: 255.2
 合成例1において、式(pt3−1)で表される化合物を式(pt3−2)で表される化合物に代えた以外は、合成例1と同様に実施して、式(pt4−2)、式(pt5−2)および式(I−2)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000104
The synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt3-2) in Synthesis Example 1, and the formula (pt4-2) The compounds represented by formula (pt5-2) and formula (I-2) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000104
<各化合物の同定>
式(pt4−2)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 242.2
              Exact Mass: 241.2
式(pt5−2)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 270.2
              Exact Mass: 269.1
式(I−2)で表される化合物
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 1.30(6H),2.09(6H),2.39(6H),3.59(2H),3.86(2H),6.42(4H),7.00(2H),7.12(2H),7.18(2H),7.30−7.37(4H),7.54(2H),7.98(2H),8.62(2H)
<Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt4-2) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 242.2
Exact Mass: 241.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-2) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 270.2
Exact Mass: 269.1
Compound represented by formula (I-2)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 1.30 (6H), 2.09 (6H), 2.39 (6H), 3.59 (2H), 3.86 (2H), 6.42 ( 4H), 7.00 (2H), 7.12 (2H), 7.18 (2H), 7.30-7.37 (4H), 7.54 (2H), 7.98 (2H), 8 .62 (2H)
合成例3
 還流冷却器、滴下ロートおよび撹拌機を備えたフラスコ内に窒素を適量流して窒素雰囲気とし、プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート100部を入れ、撹拌しながら85℃まで加熱した。次いで、該フラスコ内に、メタクリル酸19部、3,4−エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン−8−イルアクリレートおよび3,4−エポキシトリシクロ[5.2.1.02,6]デカン−9−イルアクリレートの混合物(含有比はモル比で50:50)171部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート40部に溶解した溶液を滴下ポンプを用いて約5時間かけて滴下した。一方、重合開始剤2,2’−アゾビス(2,4−ジメチルバレロニトリル)26部をプロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート120部に溶解した溶液を別の滴下ポンプを用いて約5時間かけてフラスコ内に滴下した。重合開始剤の滴下が終了した後、約3時間同温度に保持し、その後室温まで冷却して、固形分43.5%の共重合体(樹脂B1)の溶液を得た。得られた樹脂B1の重量平均分子量は8000、分子量分布は1.98、固形分換算の酸価は53mgKOH/gであった。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000105
Synthesis example 3
An appropriate amount of nitrogen was passed through a flask equipped with a reflux condenser, a dropping funnel and a stirrer to form a nitrogen atmosphere, and 100 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was added and heated to 85 ° C. with stirring. Next, 19 parts of methacrylic acid, 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2.1.0 2,6 ] decan-8-yl acrylate and 3,4-epoxytricyclo [5.2. 1.0 2,6 ] Decan-9-yl acrylate (content ratio is 50:50 in molar ratio) 171 parts dissolved in propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 40 parts using a dropping pump over about 5 hours And dripped. On the other hand, a solution prepared by dissolving 26 parts of a polymerization initiator 2,2′-azobis (2,4-dimethylvaleronitrile) in 120 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate was placed in a flask over about 5 hours using another dropping pump. It was dripped. After completion of dropping of the polymerization initiator, the temperature was maintained at the same temperature for about 3 hours, and then cooled to room temperature to obtain a copolymer (resin B1) solution having a solid content of 43.5%. The obtained resin B1 had a weight average molecular weight of 8,000, a molecular weight distribution of 1.98, and an acid value in terms of solid content of 53 mgKOH / g.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000105
合成例4
 窒素雰囲気下で、m−アニシジン24.0部、4−ヨード−m−キシレン99.7部、炭酸カリウム117部、銅粉末27.3部、18−クラウン−6 4.64部、o−ジクロロベンゼン511部を混合し、175℃で19時間撹拌した。その後、炭酸カリウム35.1部、銅粉末8.19部、18−クラウン−6 1.39部、o−ジクロロベンゼン22.0部を加え、175℃で17時間撹拌した。上記混合物を室温まで放冷後、ろ過した。ろ液に酢酸エチル450部を加え、2N塩酸450部で3回、18wt%塩化ナトリウム水溶液470部で3回洗浄した。得られた酢酸エチル溶液を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。ろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した後、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt3−3)で表される化合物64.1部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000106
Synthesis example 4
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, m-anisidine 24.0 parts, 4-iodo-m-xylene 99.7 parts, potassium carbonate 117 parts, copper powder 27.3 parts, 18-crown-6 4.64 parts, o-di 511 parts of chlorobenzene was mixed and stirred at 175 ° C. for 19 hours. Thereafter, 35.1 parts of potassium carbonate, 8.19 parts of copper powder, 1.39 parts of 18-crown-6, and 22.0 parts of o-dichlorobenzene were added and stirred at 175 ° C. for 17 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered. 450 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate and washed 3 times with 450 parts of 2N hydrochloric acid and 3 times with 470 parts of an 18 wt% sodium chloride aqueous solution. The resulting ethyl acetate solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of the filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and then the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 64.1 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-3).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000106
<式(pt3−3)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 332.2
              Exact Mass: 331.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-3)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 332.2
Exact Mass: 331.2
 合成例1において、式(pt3−1)で表される化合物を式(pt3−3)で表される化合物に代えた以外は、合成例1と同様に実施して、式(pt4−3)、式(pt5−3)および式(I−82)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000107
The synthesis was performed in the same manner as in Synthesis Example 1 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt3-3) in the synthesis example 1, and the formula (pt4-3) The compounds represented by formula (pt5-3) and formula (I-82) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000107
<各化合物の同定>
式(pt4−3)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 318.2
              Exact Mass: 317.2
式(pt5−3)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 346.2
              Exact Mass: 345.2
式(I−82)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1121.4
              Exact Mass: 1120.4
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt4-3) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 318.2
Exact Mass: 317.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-3) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (I-82) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1121.4
Exact Mass: 1120.4
合成例5
 合成例1において、ヨードエタンを2−エトキシエチルブロミドに代えた以外は、合成例1と同様に実施して、式(pt3−4)、式(pt4−4)、式(pt5−4)および式(I−141)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000108
Synthesis example 5
The same procedure as in Synthesis Example 1 was performed except that iodoethane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Synthesis Example 1, and the formula (pt3-4), formula (pt4-4), formula (pt5-4), and formula A compound represented by (I-141) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000108
<各化合物の同定>
式(pt3−4)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 272.2
              Exact Mass: 271.2
式(pt4−4)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 258.1
              Exact Mass: 257.1
式(pt5−4)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 286.1
              Exact Mass: 285.1
式(I−141)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1001.3
              Exact Mass: 1000.3
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt3-4) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 272.2
Exact Mass: 271.2
Compounds of formula (pt4-4) (Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 258.1
Exact Mass: 257.1
Compound represented by formula (pt5-4) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 286.1
Exact Mass: 285.1
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (I-141) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1001.3
Exact Mass: 1000.3
合成例6
 合成例2において、2,4−ジメチルアニリンを2,4,6−トリメチルアニリンに代えた以外は、合成例2と同様に実施して、式(pt2−5)、式(pt3−5)、式(pt4−5)、式(pt5−5)および式(I−146)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000109
Synthesis Example 6
The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 2 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline in Synthesis Example 2, and the formula (pt2-5), formula (pt3-5), The compounds represented by formula (pt4-5), formula (pt5-5) and formula (I-146) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000109
<各化合物の同定>
式(pt2−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 164.1
              Exact Mass: 163.1
式(pt3−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 270.2
              Exact Mass: 269.2
式(pt4−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 256.2
              Exact Mass: 255.2
式(pt5−5)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 284.2
              Exact Mass: 283.2
式(I−146)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 997.3
              Exact Mass: 996.3
<Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt2-5) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 164.1
Exact Mass: 163.1
Compound represented by formula (pt3-5) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 270.2
Exact Mass: 269.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-5) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 256.2
Exact Mass: 255.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-5) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 284.2
Exact Mass: 283.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (I-146) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 997.3
Exact Mass: 996.3
合成例7
 合成例4において、4−ヨード−m−キシレンを2−ヨード−1,3,5−トリメチルベンゼンに代えた以外は、合成例4と同様に実施して、式(pt3−6)、式(pt4−6)、式(pt5−6)および式(I−86)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000110
Synthesis example 7
The same procedure as in Synthetic Example 4 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Synthesis Example 4, and formula (pt3-6), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-6), formula (pt5-6) and formula (I-86) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000110
<各化合物の同定>
式(pt3−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 360.2
              Exact Mass: 359.2
式(pt4−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 346.2
              Exact Mass: 345.2
式(pt5−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 374.2
              Exact Mass: 373.2
式(I−86)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1177.4
              Exact Mass: 1176.4
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt3-6) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 360.2
Exact Mass: 359.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-6) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-6) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 374.2
Exact Mass: 373.2
Compound represented by formula (I-86) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1177.4
Exact Mass: 1176.4
実施例1
 ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン4.98部とメタノール28.1部とを混合した。得られた混合物に、撹拌しながら、10℃以下で、3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩8.18部を徐々に加えた。得られた混合物を10℃以下で7時間、室温で24時間、60℃で24時間撹拌した。得られた反応混合物を室温まで冷却した後、析出した結晶をろ過により取り出した。取り出した結晶をメタノールで洗浄し、60℃で減圧乾燥して、式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物6.77部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000111
Example 1
4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol were mixed. To the resulting mixture, 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride was gradually added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. The resulting mixture was stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The obtained reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were taken out by filtration. The taken out crystal was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000111
<式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 473.1
              Exact Mass: 472.1
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-1a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 473.1
Exact Mass: 472.1
 2,4−ジメチルアニリン42.4部、トリエチルアミン35.4部およびN,N−ジメチルホルムアミド132部を混合し、50℃で撹拌した。この混合物の温度を50~60℃に保ちながら、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサン70.2部を加え、その後、60℃で65時間撹拌した。この混合物を室温まで放冷した後、水1000部とトルエン433部を加え、トルエン層を分離した。トルエン層を飽和塩化ナトリウム水溶液1000部で3回洗浄した後、ロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt2−1a)で表される化合物50.6部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000112
2,2.4 parts of 2,4-dimethylaniline, 35.4 parts of triethylamine and 132 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed and stirred at 50 ° C. While maintaining the temperature of the mixture at 50 to 60 ° C., 70.2 parts of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was added, and then the mixture was stirred at 60 ° C. for 65 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 1000 parts of water and 433 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. The toluene layer was washed three times with 1000 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium chloride solution, and then the solvent was distilled off with a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 50.6 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000112
<式(pt2−1a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 234.2
              Exact Mass: 233.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt2-1a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 234.2
Exact Mass: 233.2
 窒素雰囲気下で、式(pt2−1a)で表される化合物46.7部、3−ブロモアニソール37.4部、酢酸パラジウム(II)1.35部、カリウム tert−ブトキシド33.7部、2,8,9−トリイソプロピル−2,5,8,9−テトラアザ−1−ホスファビシクロ[3.3.3]ウンデカン(1.0Mトルエン溶液)3.42部およびトルエン520部を混合し、100℃で6時間撹拌した。得られた混合物を室温まで放冷した後、水1000部に加えた。得られた混合物をろ過した後、トルエン層を分離した。トルエンソ層を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥した後、ろ過した。ろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去し、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt3−1a)で表される化合物30.9部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000113
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 46.7 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt2-1a), 37.4 parts of 3-bromoanisole, 1.35 parts of palladium (II) acetate, 33.7 parts of potassium tert-butoxide, 2 , 8,9-triisopropyl-2,5,8,9-tetraaza-1-phosphabicyclo [3.3.3] undecane (1.0 M toluene solution) 3.42 parts and toluene 520 parts, Stir at 100 ° C. for 6 hours. The resulting mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then added to 1000 parts of water. After the obtained mixture was filtered, the toluene layer was separated. The tolueneso layer was washed with a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and then filtered. The filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator, and the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 30.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000113
<式(pt3−1a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 340.3
              Exact Mass: 339.3
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-1a)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
 窒素雰囲気下で、式(pt3−1a)で表される化合物17.0部とジクロロメタン199部を混合した。この混合液を15~23℃に保ちながら、三臭化ホウ素(1.0Mジクロロメタン溶液)を、式(pt3−1a)で表される化合物と等モル数となる量加えた。その後、この混合液を室温で8時間撹拌した。得られた混合物を氷水250部に加え、ジクロロメタン層を分離した。ジクロロメタン層を水250部で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させて、ろ過した。得られたろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt4−1a)で表される化合物13.9部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000114
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 17.0 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a) and 199 parts of dichloromethane were mixed. While maintaining this mixed liquid at 15 to 23 ° C., boron tribromide (1.0 M dichloromethane solution) was added in an amount equal to the number of moles of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a). Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 8 hours. The obtained mixture was added to 250 parts of ice water, and the dichloromethane layer was separated. The dichloromethane layer was washed with 250 parts of water, dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 13.9 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt4-1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000114
<式(pt4−1a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 326.3
              Exact Mass: 325.2
<Identification of compound represented by formula (pt4-1a)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 326.3
Exact Mass: 325.2
 式(pt4−1a)で表される化合物13.9部とN,N−ジメチルホルムアミド26.4部を混合した。この混合物を23~55℃に保ちながら、塩化ホスホリル13.1部を加えた。その後、この混合物を60℃で6時間撹拌した。この混合物を室温まで放冷後、氷水150部に加え、48%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で中和した。この混合物に酢酸エチル300部加えて、ろ過し、得られたろ液から酢酸エチル層を分離した。この酢酸エチル溶液を水300部で洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。得られたろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt5−1a)で表される化合物11.6部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000115
13.9 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt4-1a) and 26.4 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed. While maintaining this mixture at 23 to 55 ° C., 13.1 parts of phosphoryl chloride was added. The mixture was then stirred at 60 ° C. for 6 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, added to 150 parts of ice water, and neutralized with a 48% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. To this mixture, 300 parts of ethyl acetate was added and filtered, and the ethyl acetate layer was separated from the obtained filtrate. This ethyl acetate solution was washed with 300 parts of water, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The obtained filtrate was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 11.6 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt5-1a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000115
<式(pt5−1a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 354.2
              Exact Mass: 353.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt5-1a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.2
Exact Mass: 353.2
 窒素雰囲気下で、式(pt5−1a)で表される化合物9.65部、式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物6.14部、ピペリジン0.553部およびトルエン51.1部を混合した。この混合物を100℃下で19時間撹拌した。この混合液をメタノール231部に加えた。上澄み液を除去することにより、発生した沈殿物を取り出した。沈殿物にメタノール231部を加えて撹拌した後、この混合液を吸引ろ過した。得られた残渣をメタノール20部で洗浄し、吸引ろ過の残渣として得た。この残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(IA−13)で表される化合物9.10部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000116
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 9.65 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt5-1a), 6.14 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a), 0.553 parts of piperidine and 51.1 parts of toluene were mixed. did. The mixture was stirred at 100 ° C. for 19 hours. This mixture was added to 231 parts of methanol. The generated precipitate was taken out by removing the supernatant. After adding 231 parts of methanol to the precipitate and stirring, the mixture was suction filtered. The obtained residue was washed with 20 parts of methanol and obtained as a residue of suction filtration. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 9.10 parts of a compound represented by the formula (IA-13).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000116
<式(IA−13)で表される化合物の同定>
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 0.82−0.92(12H),1.26−1.52(16H),1.77(2H),2.05(6H),2.38(6H),3.32−3.42(2H),3.71−3.78(2H),6.42−6.45(4H),7.02(2H),7.11(2H),7.15(2H),7.33(2H),7.66(2H),7.96(2H),8.39(2H),8.62(2H)
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-13)>
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.82-0.92 (12H), 1.26-1.52 (16H), 1.77 (2H), 2.05 (6H), 2.38 (6H), 3.32-3.42 (2H), 3.71-3.78 (2H), 6.42-6.45 (4H), 7.02 (2H), 7.11 (2H) 7.15 (2H), 7.33 (2H), 7.66 (2H), 7.96 (2H), 8.39 (2H), 8.62 (2H)
実施例2
 実施例1において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−2a)、式(pt3−2a)、式(pt4−2a)、式(pt5−2a)および式(IA−17)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000117
Example 2
The same procedure as in Example 1 was conducted except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-2a), formula (pt3-2a), formula ( The compounds represented by pt4-2a), formula (pt5-2a) and formula (IA-17) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000117
<各化合物の同定>
 式(pt2−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 234.2
              Exact Mass: 233.2
 式(pt3−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 340.3
              Exact Mass: 339.3
 式(pt4−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 326.3
              Exact Mass: 325.2
 式(pt5−2a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 354.2
              Exact Mass: 353.2
 式(IA−17)で表される化合物
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 0.88(6H),1.28−1.32(20H),1.72(4H),2.07(6H),2.38(6H),3.44(2H),3.77(2H),6.39(4H),6.99(2H),7.12(2H),7.17(2H),7.34(2H),7.66(2H),7.96(2H),8.39(2H),8.62(2H)
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt2-2a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 234.2
Exact Mass: 233.2
Compound represented by formula (pt3-2a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
Compound represented by formula (pt4-2a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 326.3
Exact Mass: 325.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-2a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.2
Exact Mass: 353.2
Compound represented by formula (IA-17)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.88 (6H), 1.28-1.32 (20H), 1.72 (4H), 2.07 (6H), 2.38 (6H), 3.44 (2H), 3.77 (2H), 6.39 (4H), 6.99 (2H), 7.12 (2H), 7.17 (2H), 7.34 (2H), 7 .66 (2H), 7.96 (2H), 8.39 (2H), 8.62 (2H)
実施例3
 実施例1において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモ−3−メチルブタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−3a)、式(pt3−3a)、式(pt4−3a)、式(pt5−3a)および式(IA−297)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000118
Example 3
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced by 1-bromo-3-methylbutane in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-3a) and the formula (pt3-3a) The compound represented by formula (pt4-3a), formula (pt5-3a) and formula (IA-297) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000118
<各化合物の同定>
 式(pt2−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 192.2
              Exact Mass: 191.2
 式(pt3−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 298.2
              Exact Mass: 297.2
 式(pt4−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 284.2
              Exact Mass: 283.2
 式(pt5−3a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 312.2
              Exact Mass: 311.2
 式(IA−297)で表される化合物
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 0.96(12H),1.57−1.69(6H),2.08(6H),2.39(6H),3.47(2H),3.80(2H),6.39(4H),6.99(2H),7.12(2H),7.17(2H),7.34(2H),7.66(2H),7.96(2H),8.39(2H),8.62(2H)
<Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt2-3a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 192.2
Exact Mass: 191.2
Compound represented by formula (pt3-3a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 298.2
Exact Mass: 297.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt4-3a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 284.2
Exact Mass: 283.2
Compound represented by formula (pt5-3a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 312.2
Exact Mass: 311.2
Compound represented by formula (IA-297)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.96 (12H), 1.57-1.69 (6H), 2.08 (6H), 2.39 (6H), 3.47 (2H), 3.80 (2H), 6.39 (4H), 6.99 (2H), 7.12 (2H), 7.17 (2H), 7.34 (2H), 7.66 (2H), 7 .96 (2H), 8.39 (2H), 8.62 (2H)
実施例4
 窒素雰囲気下で、3−メトキシジフェニルアミン39.9部(0.200モル)、水酸化カリウム13.5部(0.240モル)およびジメチルスルホキシド550部を混合し、室温で2時間撹拌した。この混合物に1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサン42.5部(0.220モル)を加え、室温で6時間撹拌した。この混合物に1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサン42.5部(0.220モル)と水酸化カリウム20.2部(0.360モル)を加え、室温で14時間撹拌した。この混合物に1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサン63.7部(0.330モル)と水酸化カリウム20.2部(0.360モル)を加えて、室温で24時間撹拌した。この混合物に水1000部とトルエン450部を加え、トルエン層を分取した。このトルエン溶液を飽和炭酸水素ナトリウム水溶液1500部で2回洗浄し、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させて、ろ過した。得られたろ液の溶媒を留去して残渣を得た。この残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt3−4a)で表される化合物59.8部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000119
Example 4
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, 39.9 parts (0.200 mol) of 3-methoxydiphenylamine, 13.5 parts (0.240 mol) of potassium hydroxide and 550 parts of dimethyl sulfoxide were mixed and stirred at room temperature for 2 hours. To this mixture, 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was added and stirred at room temperature for 6 hours. To this mixture were added 42.5 parts (0.220 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane and 20.2 parts (0.360 mol) of potassium hydroxide, and the mixture was stirred at room temperature for 14 hours. To this mixture, 63.7 parts (0.330 mol) of 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane and 20.2 parts (0.360 mol) of potassium hydroxide were added and stirred at room temperature for 24 hours. To this mixture, 1000 parts of water and 450 parts of toluene were added, and the toluene layer was separated. This toluene solution was washed twice with 1500 parts of a saturated aqueous sodium hydrogen carbonate solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. The solvent of the obtained filtrate was distilled off to obtain a residue. This residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 59.8 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-4a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000119
<式(pt3−4a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 312.2
              Exact Mass: 311.2
<Identification of compound represented by formula (pt3-4a)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 312.2
Exact Mass: 311.2
 実施例1において、式(pt3−1a)で表される化合物を式(pt3−4a)に代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt4−4a)、式(pt5−4a)および式(IA−15)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000120
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1a) was replaced with the formula (pt3-4a) in Example 1, and the formula (pt4-4a) and the formula (pt5- The compound represented by 4a) and formula (IA-15) was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000120
<各化合物の同定>
 式(pt4−4a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 298.2
              Exact Mass: 297.2
 式(pt5−4a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 326.2
              Exact Mass: 325.2
 式(IA−15)で表される化合物
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 0.82−0.88(12H),1.22−1.52(16H),1.80(2H),3.69(4H),6.58−6.63(4H),7.21−7.24(4H),7.31−7.37(4H),7.45−7.50(4H),7.67(2H),7.97(2H),8.40(2H),8.63(2H)
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt4-4a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 298.2
Exact Mass: 297.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-4a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 326.2
Exact Mass: 325.2
Compound represented by formula (IA-15)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.82-0.88 (12H), 1.22-1.52 (16H), 1.80 (2H), 3.69 (4H), 6.58 -6.63 (4H), 7.21-7.24 (4H), 7.31-7.37 (4H), 7.45-7.50 (4H), 7.67 (2H), 7. 97 (2H), 8.40 (2H), 8.63 (2H)
実施例5
 実施例4において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモドデカンに代えた以外は、実施例4と同様に実施して、式(pt3−5a)、式(pt4−5a)、式(pt5−5a)および式(IA−299)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000121
Example 5
The same procedure as in Example 4 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromododecane in Example 4, and the formula (pt3-5a), formula (pt4-5a), formula ( pt5-5a) and the compound represented by formula (IA-299) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000121
<各化合物の同定>
 式(pt3−5a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 368.3
              Exact Mass: 367.3
 式(pt4−5a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 354.3
              Exact Mass: 353.3
 式(pt5−5a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 382.3
              Exact Mass: 381.3
 式(IA−299)で表される化合物
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 0.87(6H),1.25−1.30(36H),1.72(4H),3.72(4H),6.54−6.58(4H),7.20−7.23(4H),7.33−7.39(4H),7.46−7.51(4H),7.67(2H),7.97(2H),8.40(2H),8.63(2H)
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt3-5a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 368.3
Exact Mass: 367.3
Compound represented by formula (pt4-5a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.3
Exact Mass: 353.3
Compound represented by formula (pt5-5a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 382.3
Exact Mass: 381.3
Compound represented by formula (IA-299)
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 0.87 (6H), 1.25-1.30 (36H), 1.72 (4H), 3.72 (4H), 6.54-6.58 (4H), 7.20-7.23 (4H), 7.33-7.39 (4H), 7.46-7.51 (4H), 7.67 (2H), 7.97 (2H) , 8.40 (2H), 8.63 (2H)
実施例6
 実施例1において、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを2−エトキシエチルブロミドに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−6a)、式(pt3−6a)、式(pt4−6a)、式(pt5−6a)および式(IA−306)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000122
Example 6
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 2-ethoxyethyl bromide in Example 1, and the formula (pt2-6a), formula (pt3-6a), formula The compounds represented by (pt4-6a), formula (pt5-6a) and formula (IA-306) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000122
<各化合物の同定>
 式(pt2−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 194.2
              Exact Mass: 193.1
 式(pt3−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 300.2
              Exact Mass: 299.2
 式(pt4−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 286.2
              Exact Mass: 285.2
 式(pt5−6a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 314.2
              Exact Mass: 313.2
 式(IA−306)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 971.3
              Exact Mass: 970.3
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt2-6a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 194.2
Exact Mass: 193.1
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt3-6a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 300.2
Exact Mass: 299.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-6a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 286.2
Exact Mass: 285.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-6a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 314.2
Exact Mass: 313.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (IA-306) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 971.3
Exact Mass: 970.3
 実施例7
 2,2−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン10.0部とメタノール51.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩18.2部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で13時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−7a)で表される化合物6.46部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000123
Example 7
10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred at 5 ° C. or lower with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride 18 .2 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000123
<式(pt1−7a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 451.2
              Exact Mass: 450.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-7a)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 451.2
Exact Mass: 450.2
 実施例1において、式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物を式(pt1−7a)で表される化合物に代え、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(IA−49)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000124
In Example 1, except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-49).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000124
<式(IA−49)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1029.6
              Exact Mass: 1028.5
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-49)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1029.6
Exact Mass: 1028.5
実施例8
 9,9−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン5.02部とメタノール30.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩6.10部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で14時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−8a)で表される化合物2.33部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000125
Example 8
Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000125
<式(pt1−8a)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 573.2
              Exact Mass: 572.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-8a)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 573.2
Exact Mass: 572.2
 実施例1において、式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物を式(pt1−8a)で表される化合物に代え、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(IA−81)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000126
In Example 1, except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-8a) and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane, The reaction was carried out in the same manner as in Example 1 to obtain the compound represented by the formula (IA-81).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000126
式(IA−81)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1151.6
              Exact Mass: 1150.6
Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-81)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1151.6
Exact Mass: 1150.6
実施例9
 実施例1において、2,4−ジメチルアニリンを2,4,6−トリメチルアニリンに代え、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(pt2−9a)、式(pt3−9a)、式(pt4−9a)、式(pt5−9a)および式(I−308)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000127
Example 9
The same procedure as in Example 1 was performed except that 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline and 1-bromo-2-ethylhexane was replaced with 1-bromooctane. Thus, the compounds represented by formula (pt2-9a), formula (pt3-9a), formula (pt4-9a), formula (pt5-9a) and formula (I-308) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000127
<各化合物の同定>
 式(pt2−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 248.2
              Exact Mass: 247.2
 式(pt3−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 354.3
              Exact Mass: 353.3
 式(pt4−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 340.3
              Exact Mass: 339.3
 式(pt5−9a)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 368.3
              Exact Mass: 367.3
 式(IA−308)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1079.5
              Exact Mass: 1078.5
<Identification of each compound>
Compound represented by formula (pt2-9a) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 248.2
Exact Mass: 247.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt3-9a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 354.3
Exact Mass: 353.3
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt4-9a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 340.3
Exact Mass: 339.3
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt5-9a) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 368.3
Exact Mass: 367.3
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (IA-308) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1079.5
Exact Mass: 1078.5
実施例10
 実施例1において、式(pt1−1a)で表される化合物を式(pt1−7a)で表される化合物に代え、2,4−ジメチルアニリンを2,4,6−トリメチルアニリンに代え、1−ブロモ−2−エチルヘキサンを1−ブロモオクタンに代えた以外は、実施例1と同様に実施して、式(IA−311)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000128
Example 10
In Example 1, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1a) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-7a), and 2,4-dimethylaniline was replaced with 2,4,6-trimethylaniline. The compound represented by the formula (IA-311) was obtained in the same manner as in Example 1 except that 1-bromooctane was replaced with 1-bromooctane.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000128
<式(IA−311)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1057.6
              Exact Mass: 1056.6
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IA-311)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1057.6
Exact Mass: 1056.6
<耐熱性評価>
 示差熱熱重量同時測定装置(エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー製 TG/DTA6200R)を用いて、実施例1~10で得られた式(IA−13)、式(IA−17)、式(IA−297)、式(IA−15)、式(IA−299)、式(IA−306)、式(IA−49)、式(IA−81)、式(IA−308)および式(IA−311)で表される化合物とクマリン6(東京化成工業(株)製)の示差走査熱量測定を行った。一回の測定に用いた試料量は5mgであった。測定温度は、最初、25℃から開始し、毎分10℃の速度で昇温し、600℃まで測定した。空気中において重量減少率が5%となる温度T(空気下)、空気中において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(空気下)、窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が5%となる温度T(窒素下)、および窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(窒素下)を求めた。結果を表30に示す。
<Heat resistance evaluation>
Using a differential thermothermal gravimetric simultaneous measurement apparatus (TG / DTA6200R manufactured by SII Nanotechnology), the formulas (IA-13), (IA-17), and (IA-297) obtained in Examples 1 to 10 were used. ), Formula (IA-15), formula (IA-299), formula (IA-306), formula (IA-49), formula (IA-81), formula (IA-308) and formula (IA-311) Differential scanning calorimetry of the compound represented by the formula and Coumarin 6 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) The amount of sample used for one measurement was 5 mg. The measurement temperature was started from 25 ° C., heated at a rate of 10 ° C. per minute, and measured to 600 ° C. The temperature T 5 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 5% in air, the temperature T 10 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 10% in air, and the weight reduction rate is 5% in a nitrogen atmosphere. The temperature T 5 (under nitrogen) and the temperature T 10 (under nitrogen) at which the weight loss rate was 10% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 30.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000129
 表30の結果から、本発明の化合物(Ia−1)は熱的安定性が高いことがわかる。 From the results of Table 30, it can be seen that the compound (Ia-1) of the present invention has high thermal stability.
実施例11
 ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)スルホン4.98部とメタノール28.1部を混合し、撹拌しながら10℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノピロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩8.18部を徐々に加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で7時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却後、析出した結晶を吸引ろ過の残渣として得た。この残渣をメタノールで洗浄し、60℃で減圧乾燥して、式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物を6.77部得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000130
Example 11
4.98 parts of bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) sulfone and 28.1 parts of methanol are mixed, and gradually 8.18 parts of ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate hydrochloride is added at 10 ° C. or lower with stirring. Added to. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 7 hours, at room temperature for 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for 24 hours. The reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature, and the precipitated crystals were obtained as a residue of suction filtration. This residue was washed with methanol and dried under reduced pressure at 60 ° C. to obtain 6.77 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000130
<式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 473.1
              Exact Mass: 472.1
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-1b)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 473.1
Exact Mass: 472.1
 窒素雰囲気下で、m−アニシジン24.0部、4−ヨード−m−キシレン99.7部、炭酸カリウム117部、銅粉末27.3部、18−クラウン−6 4.64部、o−ジクロロベンゼン511部を混合し、175℃で19時間撹拌した。その後、炭酸カリウム35.1部、銅粉末8.19部、18−クラウン−6 1.39部、o−ジクロロベンゼン22.0部を加え、175℃で17時間撹拌した。上記混合物を室温まで放冷後、ろ過した。ろ液に酢酸エチル450部を加え、2N塩酸450部で3回、18wt%塩化ナトリウム水溶液470部で3回洗浄した。得られた酢酸エチル溶液を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。ろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した後、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt2−1b)で表される化合物64.1部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000131
Under a nitrogen atmosphere, m-anisidine 24.0 parts, 4-iodo-m-xylene 99.7 parts, potassium carbonate 117 parts, copper powder 27.3 parts, 18-crown-6 4.64 parts, o-di 511 parts of chlorobenzene was mixed and stirred at 175 ° C. for 19 hours. Thereafter, 35.1 parts of potassium carbonate, 8.19 parts of copper powder, 1.39 parts of 18-crown-6, and 22.0 parts of o-dichlorobenzene were added and stirred at 175 ° C. for 17 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and filtered. 450 parts of ethyl acetate was added to the filtrate and washed 3 times with 450 parts of 2N hydrochloric acid and 3 times with 470 parts of an 18 wt% sodium chloride aqueous solution. The resulting ethyl acetate solution was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of the filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and then the resulting residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 64.1 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt2-1b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000131
<式(pt2−1b)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 332.2
              Exact Mass: 331.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt2-1b)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 332.2
Exact Mass: 331.2
 式(pt2−1b)で表される化合物31.7部と脱水ジクロロメタン190部を、窒素雰囲気下0℃下で混合した。続いて、17wt%三臭化ホウ素ジクロロメタン溶液199部を加え、1時間撹拌した。その後、室温下で12時間撹拌した。この混合物を氷水1100部に加えた後、クロロホルム740部を加え、クロロホルム層を抽出した。得られたクロロホルム溶液を18wt%塩化ナトリウム水溶液470部で2回洗浄した後、硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。ろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した後、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt3−1b)で表される化合物30.0部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000132
31.7 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt2-1b) and 190 parts of dehydrated dichloromethane were mixed at 0 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. Subsequently, 199 parts of a 17 wt% boron tribromide dichloromethane solution was added and stirred for 1 hour. Then, it stirred at room temperature for 12 hours. After this mixture was added to 1100 parts of ice water, 740 parts of chloroform was added, and the chloroform layer was extracted. The obtained chloroform solution was washed twice with 470 parts of an 18 wt% aqueous sodium chloride solution, dried over magnesium sulfate, and filtered. After the solvent of the filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 30.0 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt3-1b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000132
<式(pt3−1b)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 318.2
              Exact Mass: 317.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt3-1b)>
(Mass spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 318.2
Exact Mass: 317.2
 式(pt3−1b)で表される化合物7.46部とN,N−ジメチルホルムアミド14.4部を、窒素雰囲気下5~10℃下で混合した。この混合物の温度を5~10℃に保ちながら、塩化ホスホリル7.21部を加えた。その後、10℃以下で1時間、室温下で1時間、80℃下で1時間撹拌した。この反応混合物を室温まで放冷後、氷水100部を加え、48%水酸化ナトリウム水溶液で中和した。この混合物に酢酸エチル180部を加え、続いてセライトを加えて撹拌した。この混合物をろ過し、酢酸エチル層を抽出した。この酢酸エチル層を硫酸マグネシウムで乾燥させ、ろ過した。このろ液をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した後、得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt4−1b)で表される化合物6.26部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000133
7.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt3-1b) and 14.4 parts of N, N-dimethylformamide were mixed at 5 to 10 ° C. under a nitrogen atmosphere. While maintaining the temperature of this mixture at 5 to 10 ° C., 7.21 parts of phosphoryl chloride was added. Thereafter, the mixture was stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for 1 hour, at room temperature for 1 hour, and at 80 ° C. for 1 hour. The reaction mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature, 100 parts of ice water was added, and the mixture was neutralized with a 48% aqueous sodium hydroxide solution. To this mixture was added 180 parts of ethyl acetate, followed by celite and stirring. The mixture was filtered and the ethyl acetate layer was extracted. The ethyl acetate layer was dried over magnesium sulfate and filtered. The solvent of this filtrate was distilled off with a rotary evaporator, and then the obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.26 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt4-1b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000133
<式(pt4−1b)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 346.2
              Exact Mass: 345.2
<Identification of compound represented by formula (pt4-1b)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
 式(pt4−1b)で表される化合物6.01部、式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物4.04部、ピペリジン0.357部及びトルエン33.4部を混合し、105℃下で6時間撹拌した。この混合物を室温まで放冷後、メタノール153部に加えた。沈殿物を吸引ろ過の残渣として得た。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(IB−2)で表される化合物7.76部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000134
6.01 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt4-1b), 4.04 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b), 0.357 parts of piperidine and 33.4 parts of toluene were mixed, For 6 hours. The mixture was allowed to cool to room temperature and then added to 153 parts of methanol. The precipitate was obtained as a residue of suction filtration. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 7.76 parts of a compound represented by the formula (IB-2).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000134
<式(IB−2)で表される化合物の同定>
H−NMR(CDCl,270MHz)δ 2.13(12H),2.34(12H),6.38(2H),6.52(2H),6.92−7.02(8H),7.10(4H),7.37(2H),7.67(2H),7.98(2H),8.40(2H),8.64(2H)
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-2)>
1 H-NMR (CDCl 3 , 270 MHz) δ 2.13 (12H), 2.34 (12H), 6.38 (2H), 6.52 (2H), 6.92-7.02 (8H), 7.10 (4H), 7.37 (2H), 7.67 (2H), 7.98 (2H), 8.40 (2H), 8.64 (2H)
実施例12
 2,2−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)プロパン10.0部とメタノール51.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノピロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩18.2部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で13時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−2b)で表される化合物6.46部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000135
Example 12
18. 10.0 parts of 2,2-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) propane and 51.0 parts of methanol are mixed and stirred with ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopyropionate at 5 ° C. or lower. Two parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 13 ° C. or lower for only 13 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 6.46 parts of the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000135
<式(pt1−2b))で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 451.2
              Exact Mass: 450.2
<Identification of compound represented by formula (pt1-2b)>
(Mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 451.2
Exact Mass: 450.2
 実施例11において、式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物を式(pt1−2b)で表される化合物に代えた以外は、実施例11と同様に実施して、式(IB−32)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000136
Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-32) The compound represented by these was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000136
<式(IB−32)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1013.4
              Exact Mass: 1012.4
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-32)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1013.4
Exact Mass: 1012.4
実施例13
 9,9−ビス(3−アミノ−4−ヒドロキシフェニル)フルオレン5.02部とメタノール30.0部を混合し、撹拌しながら5℃以下で3−エトキシ−3−イミノプロピオン酸エチル塩酸塩6.10部を加えた。その後、反応混合物を10℃以下で14時間だけ、室温で24時間だけ、60℃で24時間だけ撹拌した。上記の反応混合物を室温まで冷却した。この反応混合物をロータリーエバポレーターで溶媒留去した。得られた残渣をカラムクロマトグラフィーで精製し、式(pt1−3b)で表される化合物2.33部を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000137
Example 13
Mixing 5.09 parts of 9,9-bis (3-amino-4-hydroxyphenyl) fluorene and 30.0 parts of methanol and stirring, ethyl 3-ethoxy-3-iminopropionate hydrochloride at 5 ° C. or less 10 parts were added. The reaction mixture was then stirred at 10 ° C. or lower for only 14 hours, at room temperature for only 24 hours, and at 60 ° C. for only 24 hours. The above reaction mixture was cooled to room temperature. The reaction mixture was evaporated using a rotary evaporator. The obtained residue was purified by column chromatography to obtain 2.33 parts of a compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000137
<式(pt1−3b)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 573.2
              Exact Mass: 572.2
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (pt1-3b)>
(Mass Spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 573.2
Exact Mass: 572.2
 実施例11において、式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物を式(pt1−3b)で表される化合物に代えた以外は、実施例11と同様に実施して、式(IB−62)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000138
Example 11 was carried out in the same manner as in Example 11 except that the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-3b), and the compound represented by the formula (IB-62) The compound represented by these was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000138
<式(IB−62)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1135.4
              Exact Mass: 1134.4
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-62)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1135.4
Exact Mass: 1134.4
実施例14
 実施例11において、4−ヨード−m−キシレンを2−ヨード−1,3,5−トリメチルベンゼンに代えた以外は、実施例11と同様に実施して、式(pt2−4b)、式(pt3−4b)、式(pt4−4b)および式(IB−6)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000139
Example 14
The same procedure as in Example 11 was performed except that 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethylbenzene in Example 11, and the formula (pt2-4b) and the formula ( The compounds represented by pt3-4b), formula (pt4-4b) and formula (IB-6) were obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000139
<各化合物の同定>
 式(pt2−4b)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 360.2
              Exact Mass: 359.2
 式(pt3−4b)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 346.2
              Exact Mass: 345.2
 式(pt4−4b)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 374.2
              Exact Mass: 373.2
 式(IB−6)で表される化合物
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1091.4
              Exact Mass: 1090.4
<Identification of each compound>
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt2-4b) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 360.2
Exact Mass: 359.2
Compound (mass spectrometry) ionization mode represented by formula (pt3-4b) = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 346.2
Exact Mass: 345.2
Compound represented by formula (pt4-4b) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 374.2
Exact Mass: 373.2
Compound represented by formula (IB-6) (mass spectrometry) ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1091.4
Exact Mass: 1090.4
実施例15
 実施例11において、式(pt1−1b)で表される化合物を式(pt1−2b)で表される化合物に代え、4−ヨード−m−キシレンを2−ヨード−1,3,5−トリメチルベンゼンに代えた以外は、実施例11と同様に実施して、式(IB−36)で表される化合物を得た。
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000140
Example 15
In Example 11, the compound represented by the formula (pt1-1b) was replaced with the compound represented by the formula (pt1-2b), and 4-iodo-m-xylene was replaced with 2-iodo-1,3,5-trimethyl. Except having replaced with benzene, it implemented similarly to Example 11 and obtained the compound represented by a formula (IB-36).
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000140
<式(IB−36)で表される化合物の同定>
(質量分析)イオン化モード=ESI+: m/z=[M+H] 1069.5
              Exact Mass: 1068.5
<Identification of Compound Represented by Formula (IB-36)>
(Mass Spectrometry) Ionization mode = ESI +: m / z = [M + H] + 1069.5
Exact Mass: 1068.5
<耐熱性評価>
 示差熱熱重量同時測定装置(エスアイアイ・ナノテクノロジー製 TG/DTA6200R)を用いて、実施例11~15で得られた式(IB−2)、式(IB−32)、式(IB−62)、式(IB−6)および式(IB−36)で表される化合物とクマリン6(東京化成工業(株)製)の示差走査熱量測定を行った。一回の測定に用いた試料量は5mgであった。測定温度は、最初、25℃から開始し、毎分10℃の速度で昇温し、600℃まで測定した。空気中において重量減少率が5%となる温度T(空気下)、空気中において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(空気下)、窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が5%となる温度T(窒素下)、および窒素雰囲気下において重量減少率が10%となる温度T10(窒素下)を求めた。結果を表31に示す。
<Heat resistance evaluation>
Using a differential thermothermal gravimetric simultaneous measurement apparatus (TG / DTA6200R manufactured by SII Nanotechnology), the formulas (IB-2), (IB-32), and (IB-62) obtained in Examples 11 to 15 were used. ), Differential scanning calorimetry of the compound represented by formula (IB-6) and formula (IB-36) and coumarin 6 (manufactured by Tokyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.). The amount of sample used for one measurement was 5 mg. The measurement temperature was started from 25 ° C., heated at a rate of 10 ° C. per minute, and measured to 600 ° C. The temperature T 5 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 5% in air, the temperature T 10 (under air) at which the weight reduction rate is 10% in air, and the weight reduction rate is 5% in a nitrogen atmosphere. The temperature T 5 (under nitrogen) and the temperature T 10 (under nitrogen) at which the weight loss rate was 10% in a nitrogen atmosphere were determined. The results are shown in Table 31.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000141
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000141
 表31の結果から、本発明の化合物(Ia−2)は熱的安定性が高いことがわかる。 From the results of Table 31, it can be seen that the compound (Ia-2) of the present invention has high thermal stability.
<着色硬化性樹脂組成物の調製>
実施例16
 顔料:C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料)              27部、
 アクリル系顔料分散剤                         12部、
 樹脂(B):樹脂B1(固形分換算)              9.5部、および
 溶剤(E):プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    180部
を混合し、ビーズミルを用いて顔料を十分に分散させた顔料分散液;
 着色剤(A):式(I−1)で表される化合物             3.0部;
 樹脂(B):樹脂B1(固形分換算)                  40部;
 重合性化合物(C):ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(登録商標) DPHA;日本化薬(株)製)                49部;
 重合開始剤(D):N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン−1−オン−2−イミン(イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE−01;BASF社製;O−アシルオキシム化合物)                   9.8部;
 溶剤(E):プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート 670部;並びに
 レベリング剤):ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル(トーレシリコーンSH8400;東レダウコーニング(株)製)                   0.15部
を混合して着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。
<Preparation of colored curable resin composition>
Example 16
Pigment: C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) 27 parts,
12 parts acrylic pigment dispersant,
Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 9.5 parts, and Solvent (E): Propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate 180 parts were mixed, and a pigment dispersion in which the pigment was sufficiently dispersed using a bead mill;
Colorant (A): 3.0 parts of compound represented by formula (I-1);
Resin (B): Resin B1 (solid content conversion) 40 parts;
Polymerizable compound (C): Dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 49 parts;
Polymerization initiator (D): N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE-01; manufactured by BASF; O-acyloxime compound) 9.8 parts;
Solvent (E): 670 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate; and leveling agent): Polyether-modified silicone oil (Toray Silicone SH8400; manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) 0.15 part is mixed to give a colored curable resin composition Got.
実施例17~実施例33
 実施例16において、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料)を、表32に示す顔料に、式(I−1)で表される化合物を表32に示す化合物に代えた以外は、実施例16と同様に実施して、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。
Example 17 to Example 33
In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 32, and the compound represented by formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 32. A functional resin composition was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000142
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000142
実施例34~63
 実施例16において、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料)を、表33に示す顔料に、式(I−1)で表される化合物を表33に示す化合物に代えた以外は、実施例16と同様に実施して、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。
Examples 34-63
In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 33, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 33. A functional resin composition was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000143
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000143
実施例64~78
 実施例16において、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7(顔料)を、表34に示す顔料に、式(I−1)で表される化合物を表34に示す化合物に代えた以外は、実施例16と同様に実施して、着色硬化性樹脂組成物を得た。
Examples 64-78
In Example 16, C.I. I. Pigment Green 7 (pigment) was replaced with the pigment shown in Table 34, and the compound represented by the formula (I-1) was replaced with the compound shown in Table 34. A functional resin composition was obtained.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000144
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000144
<膜厚測定>
 膜厚は、DEKTAK3;日本真空技術(株)製を用いて膜厚を測定した。
<Film thickness measurement>
The film thickness was measured using DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.
<昇華性試験用樹脂組成物(SJS)の調製>
樹脂:メタクリル酸/ベンジルメタクリレート(モル比:30/70)共重合体(田岡化学工業(株)製、平均分子量10700、酸価70mgKOH/g)33.8%プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート溶液            40.2部;
重合性化合物:ジペンタエリスリトールヘキサアクリレート(KAYARAD(登録商標)DPHA;日本化薬(株)製)                    5.8部;
重合開始剤:N−ベンゾイルオキシ−1−(4−フェニルスルファニルフェニル)オクタン−1−オン−2−イミン(イルガキュア(登録商標)OXE01;BASFジャパン社製)                                0.58部;
レベリング剤:ポリエーテル変性シリコーン(トーレシリコーンSH8400;東レダウコーニング(株)製)                        0.01部;
溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテル            46.6部;
溶剤:プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート        6.8部
を混合して昇華性試験用樹脂組成物(SJS)を得た。
<Preparation of resin composition for sublimation test (SJS)>
Resin: Methacrylic acid / benzyl methacrylate (molar ratio: 30/70) copolymer (manufactured by Taoka Chemical Co., Ltd., average molecular weight 10700, acid value 70 mg KOH / g) 33.8% propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate solution 40.2 Part;
Polymerizable compound: dipentaerythritol hexaacrylate (KAYARAD (registered trademark) DPHA; manufactured by Nippon Kayaku Co., Ltd.) 5.8 parts;
Polymerization initiator: N-benzoyloxy-1- (4-phenylsulfanylphenyl) octane-1-one-2-imine (Irgacure (registered trademark) OXE01; manufactured by BASF Japan Ltd.) 0.58 parts;
Leveling agent: polyether-modified silicone (Toray Silicone SH8400; manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) 0.01 part;
Solvent: 46.6 parts propylene glycol monomethyl ether;
Solvent: 6.8 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate were mixed to obtain a resin composition for sublimation test (SJS).
<昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)の形成>
 2インチ角のガラス基板(イーグルXG;コーニング社製)上に、上記で得た昇華性試験用樹脂組成物(SJS)をスピンコート法で塗布し、100℃3分間で揮発成分を揮発させた。冷却後、露光機(TME−150RSK;トプコン(株)製)を用いて、大気雰囲気下、150mJ/cmの露光量(365nm基準)で光照射した。オーブン中で220℃2時間加熱して昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)(膜厚2.2μm)を形成した。
<Formation of resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM)>
On a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning), the resin composition for sublimation test (SJS) obtained above was applied by spin coating, and volatile components were volatilized at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes. . After cooling, using an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.), light irradiation was performed with an exposure amount of 150 mJ / cm 2 (based on 365 nm) in an air atmosphere. A resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) (thickness: 2.2 μm) was formed by heating in an oven at 220 ° C. for 2 hours.
実施例79 <着色パターンの作製と昇華性評価>
 2インチ角のガラス基板(イーグルXG;コーニング社製)上に、実施例16で得た着色硬化性樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で塗布した後、100℃で3分間プリベークして着色組成物層を形成した。冷却後、着色組成物層が形成された基板と石英ガラス製フォトマスクとの間隔を200μmとして、露光機(TME−150RSK;トプコン(株)製)を用いて、大気雰囲気下、80mJ/cmの露光量(365nm基準)で露光した。尚、フォトマスクとしては、100μmのラインアンドスペースパターンが形成されたものを使用した。露光後の着色組成物層を、非イオン系界面活性剤0.12%と水酸化カリウム0.04%とを含む水溶液に25℃で70秒間浸漬させて現像し、水洗した。膜厚を測定した。結果を表35に示す。
 この着色塗布膜と上記で得た昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)とを、70μmの間隔を空けた状態で対向させ、220℃で40分間ポストベークを行うことにより、着色パターンを得た。昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)の加熱前後の色差(ΔEab*)を測色機(OSP−SP−200;OLYMPUS社製)を用いて測定した。色差(ΔEab*)が5.0以上であれば、着色剤が昇華性を有することを示す。結果を表35に示す。表35では、各実施例において、○は、着色剤が昇華性を有しないことを、×は、着色剤が昇華性を有することを示す。
Example 79 <Preparation of colored pattern and evaluation of sublimation>
The colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was applied on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning) by spin coating, and then pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a colored composition layer. Formed. After cooling, the distance between the substrate on which the colored composition layer is formed and the quartz glass photomask is set to 200 μm, and an exposure machine (TME-150RSK; manufactured by Topcon Co., Ltd.) is used in an air atmosphere at 80 mJ / cm 2 The exposure amount (standard on 365 nm) was used. A photomask having a 100 μm line and space pattern was used. The colored composition layer after the exposure was developed by being immersed in an aqueous solution containing 0.12% of a nonionic surfactant and 0.04% of potassium hydroxide at 25 ° C. for 70 seconds, and washed with water. The film thickness was measured. The results are shown in Table 35.
This colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 μm between them, and post-baking at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes to obtain a colored pattern. . The color difference (ΔEab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS). A color difference (ΔEab *) of 5.0 or more indicates that the colorant has sublimability. The results are shown in Table 35. In Table 35, in each example, ◯ indicates that the colorant does not have sublimability, and x indicates that the colorant has sublimability.
実施例80~実施例142
 実施例79において、実施例16で得た着色硬化性樹脂組成物を、表35~表37に示す着色硬化性樹脂組成物に代えた以外は、実施例79と同様に実施して、着色パターンを得、同様に、昇華性評価を行った。結果を表35~表37に示す。
Example 80 to Example 142
In Example 79, a colored pattern was carried out in the same manner as in Example 79 except that the colored curable resin composition obtained in Example 16 was replaced with the colored curable resin composition shown in Tables 35 to 37. Similarly, the sublimation property was evaluated. The results are shown in Tables 35 to 37.
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000145
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000146
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000147
Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-T000147
比較例1
 着色剤:クマリン6                         3.6部;
 樹脂(B):樹脂(B1)(固形分換算)              180部;
 溶剤(E):プロピレングリコールモノメチルエーテルアセテート    230部;
 溶剤(E):N,N−ジメチルホルムアミド              590部;並びに
 レベリング剤:ポリエーテル変性シリコーンオイル(トーレシリコーンSH8400;東レダウコーニング(株)製)                   0.063部
を混合して着色樹脂組成物を得た。
 2インチ角のガラス基板(イーグルXG;コーニング社製)上に、上記で得た着色樹脂組成物をスピンコート法で塗布した後、100℃で3分間プリベークして着色組成物層を形成した。膜厚を、DEKTAK3;日本真空技術(株)製を用いて膜厚を測定したところ、1.9μmであった。
 着色塗布膜と上記で得た昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)とを、70μmの間隔を空けた状態で対向させ、220℃で40分間ポストベークを行った。昇華性試験用樹脂塗布膜(SJSM)の加熱前後の色差(ΔEab*)を測色機(OSP−SP−200;OLYMPUS社製)を用いて測定した。その結果、色差(ΔEab*)は5.0以上であり、着色剤であるクマリン6は昇華性を有することを確認した。
Comparative Example 1
Colorant: Coumarin 6 3.6 parts;
Resin (B): Resin (B1) (solid content conversion) 180 parts;
Solvent (E): 230 parts of propylene glycol monomethyl ether acetate;
Solvent (E): N, N-dimethylformamide 590 parts; and leveling agent: polyether-modified silicone oil (Tore Silicone SH8400; manufactured by Toray Dow Corning Co., Ltd.) 0.063 parts are mixed to obtain a colored resin composition. It was.
The colored resin composition obtained above was applied by spin coating on a 2-inch square glass substrate (Eagle XG; manufactured by Corning), and then pre-baked at 100 ° C. for 3 minutes to form a colored composition layer. The film thickness was measured to be 1.9 μm using DEKTAK3; manufactured by Nippon Vacuum Technology Co., Ltd.
The colored coating film and the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) obtained above were opposed to each other with a space of 70 μm between them, and post-baked at 220 ° C. for 40 minutes. The color difference (ΔEab *) before and after heating of the resin coating film for sublimation test (SJSM) was measured using a colorimeter (OSP-SP-200; manufactured by OLYMPUS). As a result, the color difference (ΔEab *) was 5.0 or more, and it was confirmed that coumarin 6 as a colorant has sublimability.
 上記の結果から、本発明の着色硬化性樹脂組成物は、着色剤が昇華することなく、カラーフィルタを形成することができることがわかった。 From the above results, it was found that the colored curable resin composition of the present invention can form a color filter without the colorant sublimating.
 本発明によれば、着色剤が昇華することなく、カラーフィルタを形成することができる。そのため、該カラーフィルタは液晶表示装置等の表示装置に好適に用いられる。 According to the present invention, a color filter can be formed without sublimation of the colorant. Therefore, the color filter is suitably used for a display device such as a liquid crystal display device.

Claims (27)

  1.  式(I)で表される化合物を含む着色剤、樹脂、重合性化合物、重合開始剤および溶剤を含む着色硬化性樹脂組成物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000001
    (式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH)、スルファモイル基(−SONH)、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
    Zは、式(Z1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002
    (式中、Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
    で表される基または式(Z2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000003
    (式中、Arは、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
    で表される基を表わす。)
    A colored curable resin composition comprising a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound, a polymerization initiator and a solvent containing a compound represented by formula (I).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000001
    (In the formula, L represents a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, or a sulfonyl group (—SO 2 —), and X represents oxygen R 7 to R 13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), — SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, sulfur atom, -N (R 14) -, may be replaced to a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group include a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO M, -CO 2 M, hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1 ~ 20, R 14 there are a plurality of In this case, they may be the same or different, and M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different. Well,
    Z represents the formula (Z1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000002
    (Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
    Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000003
    (In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
    Represents a group represented by )
  2.  Lが、炭素数1~20の2価のフッ素化炭化水素基である請求項1に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 2. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein L is a divalent fluorinated hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms.
  3.  Lが、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基である請求項1に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 2. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein L is a divalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms or a sulfonyl group.
  4.  Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基である請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1).
  5.  Rが、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい請求項1~4のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 5. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 1, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom. .
  6.  Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、Rが、炭素数1~8のアルキル基である請求項2に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 2, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms.
  7.  Zが、式(Z1)で表わされる基であり、Rが、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である請求項3に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 3, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z1), and R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  8.  Zが、式(Z2)で表わされる基である請求項1~3のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 3, wherein Z is a group represented by the formula (Z2).
  9.  Arが、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である請求項1、2、3および8のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position. The colored curable resin composition according to any one of 8.
  10.  炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である請求項9に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 9, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
  11.  着色剤が、さらに顔料を含む請求項1~10のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 10, wherein the colorant further contains a pigment.
  12.  顔料が、ハロゲン化銅フタロシアニン顔料およびハロゲン化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である請求項11に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a halogenated copper phthalocyanine pigment and a halogenated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
  13.  顔料が、塩素化銅フタロシアニン顔料、臭素化銅フタロシアニン顔料および臭素化亜鉛フタロシアニン顔料からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である請求項11に記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the pigment is at least one selected from the group consisting of a chlorinated copper phthalocyanine pigment, a brominated copper phthalocyanine pigment, and a brominated zinc phthalocyanine pigment.
  14.  顔料が、緑色顔料である請求項11~13のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 11 to 13, wherein the pigment is a green pigment.
  15.  顔料が、C.I.ピグメントグリーン7、C.I.ピグメントグリーン36およびC.I.ピグメントグリーン58からなる群から選ばれる少なくとも一種である請求項11~14のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物。 The pigment is C.I. I. Pigment green 7, C.I. I. Pigment green 36 and C.I. I. 15. The colored curable resin composition according to claim 11, wherein the colored curable resin composition is at least one selected from the group consisting of CI Pigment Green 58.
  16.  請求項1~15のいずれかに記載の着色硬化性樹脂組成物から形成されるカラーフィルタ。 A color filter formed from the colored curable resin composition according to any one of claims 1 to 15.
  17.  請求項16に記載のカラーフィルタを含む液晶表示装置。 A liquid crystal display device comprising the color filter according to claim 16.
  18.  式(Ia−1)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000004
    (式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH)、スルファモイル基(−SONH)、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
     Zは、式(Z1)で表される基を表わす。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
    (式中、Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。))
    A compound represented by formula (Ia-1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000004
    (Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
    Z a represents a group represented by the formula (Z1).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000005
    (Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.))
  19.  Rが、炭素数1~16のアルキル基であり、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよい請求項18に記載の化合物。 19. The compound according to claim 18, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 1 to 16 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced with an oxygen atom.
  20.  Rが、炭素数6~10のアルキル基である請求項18に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 18, wherein R 1 is an alkyl group having 6 to 10 carbon atoms.
  21.  式(Ia−2)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
    (式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基(−SO−)を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基(−CONH)、スルファモイル基(−SONH)、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、
     Zは、式(Z2)で表される基を表わす。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
    (式中、Arは、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。))
    A compound represented by formula (Ia-2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000006
    (Wherein, L a is a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms (-SO 2 - represents a), X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 7 ~ R 13 is Independently, a hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group (—CONH 2 ), a sulfamoyl group (—SO 2 NH 2 ), —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, and a formyl group Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group. It may be replaced based on the hydrogen atoms contained in the hydrocarbon group, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, Hol May be replaced in the group or amino group, R 14 represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 is plurally present, they may be the same M may represent a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different,
    Z b represents a group represented by the formula (Z2).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000007
    (In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
  22.  Arが、オルト位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基、または、オルト位およびメタ位に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基である請求項21に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 21, wherein Ar 1 is a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, or a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position and the meta position.
  23.  炭素数1~8のアルキル基が、メチル基、エチル基またはイソプロピル基である請求項22に記載の化合物。 The compound according to claim 22, wherein the alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms is a methyl group, an ethyl group or an isopropyl group.
  24.  請求項18~23のいずれかに記載の化合物を含む着色剤。 A colorant comprising the compound according to any one of claims 18 to 23.
  25.  さらに顔料を含む請求項24に記載の着色剤。 The colorant according to claim 24, further comprising a pigment.
  26.  式(IIa)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
    (式中、Lは、炭素数1~20の2価の炭化水素基またはスルホニル基を表わし、Xは、酸素原子または硫黄原子を表わし、R11~R13は、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、R15およびR16は、それぞれ独立して、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わす。)
    A compound represented by the formula (IIa).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000008
    (Wherein, L a represents a divalent hydrocarbon group or a sulfonyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, X represents an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, R 11 ~ R 13 are each independently hydrogen An atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. The —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and the hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 1 Represents a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, to which may be the same or different, M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and R 15 and R 16 each independently represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms; Represents.)
  27.  式(III)で表される化合物。
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
    (式中、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R14)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよい。R14は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R14が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよい。Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Zは、式(Z1):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
    (式中、Rは、炭素数1~20のアルキル基を表わし、該アルキル基を構成する−CH−は酸素原子に置き換わってもよく、R~Rは、それぞれ独立して、水素原子、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基、アミノ基または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、該炭化水素基を構成する−CH−は、酸素原子、硫黄原子、−N(R30)−、スルホニル基またはカルボニル基に置き換わっていてもよく、該炭化水素基に含まれる水素原子は、ハロゲン原子、シアノ基、ニトロ基、カルバモイル基、スルファモイル基、−SOM、−COM、ヒドロキシ基、ホルミル基またはアミノ基に置き換わっていてもよく、R30は、水素原子または炭素数1~20の1価の炭化水素基を表わし、R30が複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、Mは、水素原子またはアルカリ金属原子を表わし、Mが複数存在する場合、それらは同一であってもよいし、異なっていてもよく、*は結合手を表わす。)
    で表される基または式(Z2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011
    (式中、Arは、オルト位、メタ位またはその両方に炭素数1~8のアルキル基を有するフェニル基を表わし、*は結合手を表わす。)
    で表される基を表わす。)
    A compound represented by formula (III).
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000009
    (Wherein R 7 to R 9 are each independently a hydrogen atom, halogen atom, cyano group, nitro group, carbamoyl group, sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, hydroxy group, formyl group, Represents an amino group or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group is an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 14 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group; The hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group may be a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group or an amino group. good .R 14 be replaced in groups, a monovalent hydrocarbon group hydrogen atom or a C 1-20, if R 14 there are a plurality, even they are the same M represents a hydrogen atom or an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and Z represents the formula (Z1) :
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000010
    (Wherein R 1 represents an alkyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, —CH 2 — constituting the alkyl group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, and R 2 to R 6 are each independently A hydrogen atom, a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, —SO 3 M, —CO 2 M, a hydroxy group, a formyl group, an amino group, or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms. And —CH 2 — constituting the hydrocarbon group may be replaced by an oxygen atom, a sulfur atom, —N (R 30 ) —, a sulfonyl group or a carbonyl group, and a hydrogen atom contained in the hydrocarbon group It is a halogen atom, a cyano group, a nitro group, a carbamoyl group, a sulfamoyl group, -SO 3 M, -CO 2 M , hydroxy group, may be replaced to formyl group or an amino group, R 30 Represents a hydrogen atom or a monovalent hydrocarbon group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, and when there are a plurality of R 30 s , they may be the same or different, and M is a hydrogen atom or Represents an alkali metal atom, and when a plurality of M are present, they may be the same or different, and * represents a bond.
    Or a group represented by formula (Z2):
    Figure JPOXMLDOC01-appb-I000011
    (In the formula, Ar 1 represents a phenyl group having an alkyl group having 1 to 8 carbon atoms in the ortho position, the meta position, or both, and * represents a bond.)
    Represents a group represented by )
PCT/JP2014/067299 2013-06-26 2014-06-23 Colored curable resin composition WO2014208767A1 (en)

Priority Applications (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2015524154A JP6452605B2 (en) 2013-06-26 2014-06-23 Colored curable resin composition
KR1020167002108A KR102228368B1 (en) 2013-06-26 2014-06-23 Colored curable resin composition
CN201480033661.2A CN105683298B (en) 2013-06-26 2014-06-23 Colored curable resin composition

Applications Claiming Priority (6)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013-133595 2013-06-26
JP2013133593 2013-06-26
JP2013-133593 2013-06-26
JP2013-133594 2013-06-26
JP2013133595 2013-06-26
JP2013133594 2013-06-26

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2014208767A1 true WO2014208767A1 (en) 2014-12-31

Family

ID=52142088

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2014/067299 WO2014208767A1 (en) 2013-06-26 2014-06-23 Colored curable resin composition

Country Status (5)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6452605B2 (en)
KR (1) KR102228368B1 (en)
CN (1) CN105683298B (en)
TW (1) TWI623813B (en)
WO (1) WO2014208767A1 (en)

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2015189694A (en) * 2014-03-27 2015-11-02 旭有機材工業株式会社 Fluorene derivative, production method thereof, compound, composition and hardened product
US20170002124A1 (en) * 2014-03-19 2017-01-05 Fujifilm Corporation Curable composition, optical component and compound
KR20170084496A (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-07-20 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereof

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI810608B (en) * 2016-09-02 2023-08-01 日商住友化學股份有限公司 Coloring composition and compound

Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS50136313A (en) * 1974-04-19 1975-10-29
JPS5395705A (en) * 1977-01-29 1978-08-22 Basf Ag Pressure sensitive recording material
JPS5466928A (en) * 1977-10-13 1979-05-29 Ciba Geigy Ag New dye* method of making same and application thereof
JPH04225364A (en) * 1990-12-26 1992-08-14 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Photosensitive body
JPH0559111A (en) * 1991-09-03 1993-03-09 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Photopolymerizable resin composition
JP2013151668A (en) * 2011-12-26 2013-08-08 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Compound
JP2014044419A (en) * 2012-07-31 2014-03-13 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored curable resin composition
JP2014051641A (en) * 2012-02-13 2014-03-20 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored curable resin composition

Family Cites Families (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US4547579A (en) * 1978-10-10 1985-10-15 Ciba-Geigy Corporation Substituted benzopyran compounds

Patent Citations (8)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JPS50136313A (en) * 1974-04-19 1975-10-29
JPS5395705A (en) * 1977-01-29 1978-08-22 Basf Ag Pressure sensitive recording material
JPS5466928A (en) * 1977-10-13 1979-05-29 Ciba Geigy Ag New dye* method of making same and application thereof
JPH04225364A (en) * 1990-12-26 1992-08-14 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Photosensitive body
JPH0559111A (en) * 1991-09-03 1993-03-09 Mitsui Toatsu Chem Inc Photopolymerizable resin composition
JP2013151668A (en) * 2011-12-26 2013-08-08 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Compound
JP2014051641A (en) * 2012-02-13 2014-03-20 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored curable resin composition
JP2014044419A (en) * 2012-07-31 2014-03-13 Sumitomo Chemical Co Ltd Colored curable resin composition

Cited By (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
US20170002124A1 (en) * 2014-03-19 2017-01-05 Fujifilm Corporation Curable composition, optical component and compound
US9902794B2 (en) * 2014-03-19 2018-02-27 Fujifilm Corporation Curable composition, optical component and compound
JP2015189694A (en) * 2014-03-27 2015-11-02 旭有機材工業株式会社 Fluorene derivative, production method thereof, compound, composition and hardened product
KR20170084496A (en) * 2016-01-12 2017-07-20 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereof
KR102425914B1 (en) * 2016-01-12 2022-07-27 동우 화인켐 주식회사 Self emission type photosensitive resin composition, and display device comprising color conversion layer prepared thereof

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
CN105683298A (en) 2016-06-15
KR102228368B1 (en) 2021-03-16
JP6452605B2 (en) 2019-01-16
TW201506542A (en) 2015-02-16
KR20160024976A (en) 2016-03-07
TWI623813B (en) 2018-05-11
CN105683298B (en) 2017-07-11
JPWO2014208767A1 (en) 2017-02-23

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
TWI554509B (en) Compound for dye
TWI664243B (en) Colored curable resin composition
KR102403575B1 (en) Colored Curable Resin Composition, and Color filter and Display device therefrom
TWI550347B (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition
JP6174881B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
TW201331712A (en) Red colored curable resin composition
JP6452605B2 (en) Colored curable resin composition
KR102423136B1 (en) Colored curable resin composition
KR102344036B1 (en) Colored curable resin composition, color filter and display device
KR102413509B1 (en) Compound
KR102407625B1 (en) Compound
KR102400064B1 (en) Compound, coloring composition, fiber material, color filter and display device
TW201615638A (en) Compound, and colored curable resin composition including said compound
KR20180027372A (en) Compound useful as colorant
CN108693701B (en) Colored curable resin composition
CN114967328A (en) Colored resin composition
TW202336166A (en) Compound, colored resin composition, color filter and display device providing a compound capable of forming a color filter excellent in brightness
JP2022067058A (en) Compound
TW202239878A (en) Colored resin composition, compound, color filter and display device wherein the colored resin composition includes a colorant, a resin, a polymerizable compound and a polymerization initiator
TW201937289A (en) Colored photosensitive resin composition

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
121 Ep: the epo has been informed by wipo that ep was designated in this application

Ref document number: 14817866

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2015524154

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 20167002108

Country of ref document: KR

Kind code of ref document: A

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 14817866

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A1